10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

________________

FORM 10-K

☑	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013
	OR
☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 000-51772

CARDICA, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	94-3287832
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)	Identification No.)

900 Saginaw Drive

Redwood City, California 94063

(650) 364-9975

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ☐	Accelerated filer ☐	Non-accelerated filer ☐	Smaller reporting company☑
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☑

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of December 31, 2012, was approximately $32,593,794 (based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market, on December 31, 2012). For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by each officer and director (and entities affiliated therewith) have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 20, 2013, was 51,190,019.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Cardica, inc.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

For the Year Ended June 30, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
PART I
Item 1.    Business	1
Item 1A. Risk Factors	21
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments	40
Item 2.    Properties	40
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings	40
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures	40
PART II
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	40
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data	41
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	41
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	51
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	51
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	52
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures	52
Item 9B. Other Information	52
PART III
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	52
Item 11.  Executive Compensation	53
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	53
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	53
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services	53
PART IV
Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	53
Signatures	77

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “predict,” “potential” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance, time frames or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, time frames or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss many of these risks, uncertainties and other factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Given these risks, uncertainties and other factors, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, these forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this filing. You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We hereby qualify our forward-looking statements by our cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Historically, our business focused on the design, manufacture and marketing of proprietary automated anastomotic systems used by cardiac surgeons to perform coronary bypass surgery. We have expanded and refocused our business by emphasizing the development of a laparoscopic microcutter product line intended for use by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons.

We are developing a microcutter product line based on our proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology, which expands our commercial opportunity into additional surgical markets. Our planned microcutter product line consists of the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 30, a cartridge based microcutter device with a 5 millimeter shaft diameter and a 30 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 45, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with an 8 millimeter shaft and a 45 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 30, a true multi-fire endolinear stapling device, the MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE™ 30, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a flexible shaft to facilitate endoscopic procedures requiring cutting and stapling, and the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 45, a planned multi-fire endolinear microcutter device with a 45 millimeter staple line, a planned cutting and stapling device specifically designed for the bariatric and thoracic surgery markets.We estimate these planned devices will expand our commercial opportunity to approximately 1.4 million additional procedures annually in the United States, involving, we estimate, over 4 million staple cartridge deployments, 3 million of which we believe are deployed in laparoscopic procedures.

In March 2012, we completed the design verification for and applied Conformité Européenne, or the CE Mark, to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. We believe that the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 will be differentiated in the market compared to currently marketed staplers due to its significantly reduced size and ability to articulate up to 80 degrees. We intend to expand our microcutter product line with the development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45, but, in light of our limited financial resources, we have limited the development of other potential products in our planned microcutter product line.

We initiated first-in-man use of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, with the CE Mark, in Europe in March 2012, and began enrollment in a clinical trial with our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in July 2012. We recently completed enrollment of 160 patients with a 30 day follow up as outlined in the clinical trial protocol. As part of our controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, we made our first shipment to our distributor in Europe. We intend to continue to make enhancements and improvements to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 based on feedback from surgeons.

     To date, we generated revenues almost exclusively from the sale of automated anastomotic systems, and have generated minimal revenues from the commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, as it was only introduced to the European market in December 2012.

We were advised by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, that the FDA will require clinical data related to the staple design used in the planned microcutter product line as part of a 510(k) submission for clearance of the products in our planned microcutter product line for marketing and sale in the United States. We began enrollment in the clinical trial with the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe in July 2012, and recently completed enrollment with 160 patients who underwent certain types of gastrointestinal surgical procedures. We submitted a 510(k) with clinical data for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review.

1

While we cannot predict when or if the FDA will clear our 510(k) submission for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 or what the scope of such clearance will cover, we anticipate that the earliest that any such clearance could be obtained would be in the first half of calendar 2014. In addition, our exclusive distributor in Japan, Century Medical, Inc., or Century, recently filed for regulatory approval of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan and anticipates launching the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Japan during 2014.

Our C-Port® Distal Anastomosis Systems, or C-Port systems, are sold in the United States and Europe. The C-Port systems are used to perform a distal anastomosis, which is the connection between a bypass graft vessel and the target coronary artery. As of June 30, 2013, more than 13,800 C-Port systems had been sold in the United States and Europe. We also currently sell our PAS-Port® Proximal Anastomosis System, or PAS-Port system, in the United States, Europe and Japan. The PAS-Port system is used to perform a proximal anastomosis, which is the connection of a bypass graft vessel to the aorta or other source of blood. As of June 30, 2013, more than 32,600 PAS-Port systems had been sold in the United States, Europe and Japan.

We use independent distributors and manufacturers’ representatives to augment a small core direct sales team for our C-Port and PAS-Port systems in the United States to contain sales costs while continuing to serve our customers and potential customers for our automated anastomosis product line.

Our Strategy

Our goals are to develop and market laparoscopic microcutter products intended for use by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons and to increase adoption of automated anastomotic systems for coronary artery bypass grafting, or CABG, procedures and closure devices for other surgical procedures. Other existing technologies either do not enable or are less compatible with less invasive and minimally invasive surgery. Because less invasive surgery has many advantages relative to patient outcomes, our strategy involves developing and, ultimately, marketing and selling devices that enable or facilitate less invasive and minimally invasive procedures, which in turn may help expand the market for these types of surgeries. The principal elements of our strategy to achieve our vision and goals include:

● Commercializing our microcutters. In March 2012, we completed the design verification for and applied the CE Mark, to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. We started enrolling patients in our clinical trial of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in July 2012, and completed enrollment with 160 patients in May 2013. As part of our controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, we made our first shipment to our distributor in Europe. We now have agreements for the microcutter product line with four distributors in Europe covering eight countries. We focus on developing relationships with leading clinicians who are considered to be “thought leaders” in their institutions and surgical specialties. We work closely with a limited number of targeted clinical sites to achieve routine clinical adoption of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in a select group of thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgical procedures in which we believe its key features are most differentiated from existing devices. We plan to leverage the lessons learned from this initial experience and the clinical experience of these key opinion leaders to bring credibility to a broader launch. As we are able to apply the CE Mark to additional products in our microcutter product line for use in Europe and are able to gain greater adoption of our products, we plan to introduce these additional products in a similar manner. Similarly, we plan to use this same approach to commence commercialization in the United States provided we obtain clearance of one or more of our microcutter products from the FDA. We signed a distribution agreement in 2011 with Century with respect to distribution of our planned microcutter products in Japan.

● Leveraging our proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology to develop a broad range of surgical stapling devices. Several of the innovative features that we are incorporating into our microcutter product line are: the ability to deploy our “staple-on-a-strip” technology for more consistent staple forms; significantly reduced tool shaft diameter; increased amount of articulation of the end-effector; and potentially larger staples. The MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 incorporates these features and is the first product we commercialized in our planned product line of microcutter devices. We believe that our technology can be adapted for a variety of surgical stapling devices, including the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45, the MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE 30, and the MicroCutter XPRESS 30. By leveraging our technology, we believe we will expand our commercial opportunity into additional surgical markets. On August 12, 2013, our Japanese distributor, Century Medical, has filed for a Shonin approval for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge.

● Obtaining U.S. regulatory clearance of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. We hope to obtain U.S. regulatory clearance from the FDA for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 under the 510(k) process, and have provided clinical data in support of our 510(k) submission, as required by the FDA. We conducted a single-arm clinical trial of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe and completed enrollment of 160 patients in May 2013, to obtain the clinical data necessary for our 510(k) submission to the FDA for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 on August 16, 2013. On September 3, 2013, we received an acceptance review notification from the FDA which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. While we cannot predict when or if the FDA will clear our 510(k) submission for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 or what the scope of that clearance will cover, we anticipate that the earliest that any such clearance could be obtained would be in the first half of calendar 2014.

2

● Driving market adoption of the C-Port and PAS-Port systems. We intend to drive commercial adoption of our C-Port systems and our PAS-Port system by marketing them as integrated anastomotic tools for use in both on- and off-pump CABG procedures and in robot assisted bypass surgeries, known as totally endoscopic coronary artery bypass, or TECAB, procedures.

● Establishing a strong proprietary position. As of June 30, 2013, we had 120 issued U.S. patents, 65 additional patent applications in the United States, eight issued foreign patents and another sixteen patent applications filed in selected international markets. We plan to continue to invest in building our intellectual property portfolio.

Microcutter Industry Background

Evolution of surgical techniques

Open surgery has been the most common form of surgery for many decades. Using open surgical techniques, a surgeon generally creates an incision large enough to allow a direct view of the operating field and inserts the instruments necessary to manipulate the patient's tissues. The large incisions and significant tissue manipulation involved in open surgery cause trauma to the patient, resulting in extended hospitalization and recovery times, increased hospital costs, and additional pain and suffering.

Over the past thirty years, technological innovations such as enhanced imaging and instrumentation have facilitated visualization and surgical access through smaller and smaller incisions. These improvements have enabled surgeons to reduce patient trauma, hospital stays and morbidity, while improving recovery times and cosmetic results. This evolution has both been made possible by, and created opportunities for, the development of new categories of surgical devices.

Minimally invasive or laparoscopic/thoracoscopic surgery replaces the large incision typically required for open surgery with several small abdominal/thoracic openings and tubes, referred to as ports, that provide access to the organs upon which the surgeon needs to operate. The surgeon uses an endoscope to view the operating field and inserts specialized instruments through the ports to carry out the procedure. The advantages of laparoscopic/thoracoscopic surgery compared to traditional open surgical procedures include shorter post-operative recovery periods with less pain, shorter hospital stays, decreases in post-operative complications and a quicker return to routine activities.

Laparoscopic surgery was originally used by gynecologists for the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the ovary and uterus. Removal of the gall bladder by laparoscopic techniques was introduced in the late 1980s. Since that time, many of the procedures that were performed in the past utilizing traditional open surgical techniques have transitioned to minimally invasive surgical approaches including procedures on the appendix, stomach, lungs, colon, uterus and other organs.

More recently, minimally invasive surgeons are using fewer and fewer abdominal openings and ports, such as in single incision surgery, in which the surgeon operates almost exclusively through a single entry point, typically the patient’s navel. Unlike a traditional multi-port laparoscopic approach, single port surgery leaves only a single small scar. Single incision surgery has been used to perform many types of surgery, including removal of the appendix, gall bladder and portions of the lung or colon, as well as bariatric surgeries including gastric bypass and sleeve gastrectomy.

We believe the realization of the full potential of minimally invasive surgery will depend upon the availability of surgical instruments and devices that address the unique challenges of these procedures by offering advanced capabilities, including smaller instrument shaft diameters, increased end-effector articulation, flexible shaft instruments, better ergonomics and greater ease of use than are provided by currently available devices.

Market

The use of disposable devices for closing and/or cutting in both traditional and laparoscopic/thoracoscopic surgical procedures has been broadly adopted clinically in a number of surgical specialties including colorectal, bariatric, gynecologic, urologic and thoracic surgery. The world-wide laparoscopic surgery products market is estimated at $3.6 billion annually, with the cutter and stapler segment representing approximately $1.3 billion. Based on a 2010 Millennium Research Group report, 55-70% of the worldwide laparoscopic stapling-cutting closure product revenue is generated in the United States market.

We estimate there are approximately 1.4 million surgical procedures per year in the United States involving bariatric and general, thoracic, gynecologic and urologic surgery, involving, we estimate, over 4 million staple cartridge deployments, 3 million of which we believe are deployed in laparoscopic/thoracoscopic procedures.

3

Current Devices for Surgical Stapling

Current, conventional surgical stapling technology generally involves:

● individually placing sets of staples in reloadable cartridges, designed for single use;

● using a deployment tool, consisting of a handle and shaft (with a minimum diameter of 12 millimeters), that is reusable within a single surgical procedure;

● using cartridges that can be loaded, following each deployment, into a receptacle at the end of the deployment tool;

● deploying multiple U-shaped wires against a deforming surface, called an anvil, to reshape the wires into B-shaped wires and thereby connecting or sealing tissue; and

● deploying multiple rows of staples, usually two to three rows per side, with a tissue dividing cut between the rows.

Unlike many other surgical instruments and devices, there have been few significant innovations in surgical stapling technology over the past ten years.

Microcutter Product Development

Based upon much of the technology we developed for our cardiac surgery anastomosis products, we are developing and have begun commercialization of our microcutter product line. We believe that our endoscopic microcutter design potentially addresses many of the limitations in currently available stapling products and provides surgeons with a smaller and more effective stapling and cutting device for more minimally invasive surgical procedures. Key features of our planned microcutter product line include:

● Staple Design and Formation. Our microcutter product line utilizes our innovative three dimensional, or 3D, staple design, which we engineered in connection with our vascular anastomotic products, that in vascular applications allows single rows of staples to effectively prevent blood leakage at physiological blood pressures. These 3D staples allow for a large contact surface between staple and tissue, which improves sealing while reducing the likelihood of the staple cutting through tissue. These 3D staples are guided into their final shape by the anvil rather than forced to buckle as is the case with U-shaped wire staples, which reduces the forming forces and helps to reduce the likelihood of malformed staples. The 3D design with a rectangular cross-section increases staple stiffness compared to round wire, resulting in a much stronger final form that is more resistant to opening or yielding.

● Device Size. By changing the technology used to form the staple, we are able to design our microcutter products to have a smaller-sized end-effector and tool shaft. Depending upon the chosen staple line length and staple height, the microcutter’s outer diameter could be as small as five millimeters. Due to its smaller size, our microcutter should enable procedures requiring minimal access, such as robot-assisted surgery and the rapidly emerging area of single incision laparoscopic surgery.

● “Staple-On-A-Strip” Technology. We have further advanced our 3D staple technology in connection with the microcutterproduct line by introducing an innovative design in which 3D staples are stamped from sheet metal and left connected to a metal band that is then loaded into the device. This differs from conventional technology in which individual staples are typically loaded into cartridge bays. We believe that our “staple-on-a-strip” technology will enable tighter spacing between individual staples, which improves sealing performance.

● True Multi-Fire Capability. Our “staple-on-a-strip” technology is being designed to allow the surgeon to fire multiple deployments within a single procedure, without the need to remove the stapler from the tissue site or having to replace the staple cartridge. Conventional stapling technology requires a tedious, repetitive 10-step process after each deployment in which the stapler is first clamped and then removed from the body cavity. We believe our true multi-fire capability will reduce this multi-step process to one simple step: following a deployment, the device is reset by activating a simple slider.

● Improved Staple Formation. We have designed our microcutter products to deploy staples with significantly lower deployment forces. Reduced deployment forces potentially gives the user more control during deployment. Additionally, our compact staple mechanism would allow more design space to be dedicated to the anvil, which helps to ensure favorable tissue compression. These features combine to result in staple formation.

● Articulation, Rotation and Handling. End-effector size, articulation and rotation improve tissue access and ease of use, and both are expected by surgeons in stapling devices. Our microcutter products’ designs incorporate end-effectors that articulate as much as 80 degrees, compared to the 45 degrees of maximum articulation achieved with the vast majority of currently marketed linear stapling technologies. In addition, all of our microcutter products are being designed to enable 360-degree rotation of the end-effector. Our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 is a single-hand operated device: 360 degree rotation with up to 80 degree articulation accomplished with two articulation buttons integrated into a single knob at the end of the handle.

4

Microcutter Products

Subject to adequate funding and regulatory clearances, we intend to launch a full range of surgical stapling devices that cover the needs of thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons as shown in the table below. These products would provide staple line lengths from 30 to 60 millimeters, come in shaft diameters ranging from five to ten millimeters, accommodate staple heights from 2.0 to 5.3 millimeters and articulate up to 80 degrees. Depending upon the specific product application, we anticipate that some of these products will have true multi-fire capability, while others will be cartridge-based. In all instances the true multi-fire or cartridge design would be combined with our unique staple design, including the “staple-on-a-strip” technology. In the true multi-fire design, we anticipate that each device will provide a number of deployments that is a function of shaft length and desired staple line length, ranging from six to twelve deployments in one device. In addition, subject to funding and regulatory clearances, we plan to expand the microcutter product line by introducing products with flexible shafts to facilitate minimally invasive procedures.

 

We have initiated sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in the European Union and have submitted a 510(k) to the FDA seeking clearance for its commercialization in the United States, and intend to expand our microcutter product line with the development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45, but, in light of our limited financial resources, we have limited the development of other products in our planned microcutter product line.

MicroCutter XCHANGE Product Family

The MicroCutter XCHANGE name refers to the planned group of cartridge based microcutter products with rigid shafts that will also include our proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology. The first product in this family is the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 with a 30 mm staple line length. This 5 mm stapling device is being developed with up to 80 degrees of articulation. Subsequently, the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and MicroCutter XCHANGE 60, with 45mm and 60mm staple line lengths, respectively, are planned to provide cartridge-based capability when multifire capability is not required.

In March 2012, we completed the design verification for and applied CE Mark to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, a cartridge-based microcutter device with a 5 millimeter shaft diameter and a 30 millimeter staple line. We believe that the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 is and will be differentiated in the market compared to currently marketed staplers due to its significantly reduced size and ability to articulate up to 80 degrees. We started enrolling patients in our clinical trial of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in July 2012, and completed enrollment with 160 patients in May 2013. As part of our controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, we made our first shipment to our distributor in Europe. We now have agreements for the microcutter product line with four distributors in Europe covering eight countries.

We were advised by the FDA, that the FDA will require clinical data related to the staple design as part of a 510(k) submission for clearance of the products in our planned microcutter product line for marketing and sale in the United States. We began enrollment in the clinical trial of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe in July 2012, and completed enrollment of 160 patients in May 2013, who underwent certain types of gastrointestinal surgical procedures. We submitted a 510(k) with clinical data to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review.

While we cannot predict when or if the FDA will clear our 510(k) submission for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 or what the scope of that clearance will cover, we anticipate that the earliest that any such clearance could be obtained would be in the first half of calendar 2014. In addition, our exclusive distributor in Japan, Century, recently filed for regulatory approval of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan and anticipates launching the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Japan during 2014.

5

MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE Product Family

The MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE name refers to the planned group of cartridge-based microcutter products with flexible shafts that will also include our proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology. The first product that is planned in this family would be the Microcutter FLEXCHANGE 30 with a 30 mm staple line length. We expect this product would be the first and only 5 mm stapling device available on the market with a flexible shaft and is being developed with up to 80 degrees of articulation as currently there are no other products on the market that have these characteristics. This device is planned to facilitate endoscopic procedures requiring cutting and stapling.

MicroCutter XPRESS Product Family

The MicroCutter XPRESS name refers to the group of microcutter products that is planned to have the true multi-fire endolinear microcutter device design based on our proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology. This product is planned in 30, 45 and 60 mm staple line lengths, with either an 8 or 10 mm rigid shaft and articulation up to 60 degrees.

Microcutter Technology License Agreement

On August 16, 2010, we entered into a license agreement with Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc., or Intuitive Surgical, pursuant to which we granted to Intuitive Surgical a worldwide, sublicenseable, exclusive license to use our intellectual property in the robotics field in diagnostic or therapeutic medical procedures, excluding vascular anastomosis applications, referred to as the License Agreement. In consideration for this license, we received an up-front license fee of $9.0 million. We are also eligible to receive a contingent payment related to achieving a certain sales volume. Receipt of the contingent payment is substantively at risk given the uncertainties surrounding the development and sale of any products incorporating our patent rights. Each party has the right to terminate the License Agreement in the event of the other party’s uncured material breach or bankruptcy. Following any termination of the License Agreement, the licenses granted to Intuitive Surgical will continue, and, except in the case of termination for our or Intuitive Surgical’s uncured material breach or insolvency, Intuitive Surgical’s payment obligations will continue as well. Under the License Agreement, Intuitive Surgical has rights to improvements in our technology and intellectual property over a specified period of time.

Microcutter Product Sales and Marketing

United States

Our sales and marketing approach in the United States is planned to commence with a strategy focused on influential thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons. We are currently gaining feedback on our initial planned products from these surgeons in prominent institutions around the United States, which will assist us in deciding which institutions and cities to target initially.

Provided we receive clearance from the FDA under the 510(k) process, we initially plan to launch the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to a limited number of targeted clinical sites. We plan to learn from these sites the time and training required to achieve routine clinical adoption of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. To support this strategy, we are planning to start with a small group of direct sales representatives that have extensive backgrounds in stapling products and laparoscopic procedures and existing relationships with key surgeons and decision makers.

We would base a broader launch of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 on our experience from this limited product introduction. Over subsequent quarters, our plan would be to add additional sales representatives in new markets.

International

As part of our controlled commercial launch, we made our first shipment of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to our distributor in Europe on December 26, 2012, following application of the CE Mark to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 which took place in March 2012. We focus on developing relationships with leading clinicians who are considered to be “thought leaders” in their institutions and surgical specialties. We intend to work closely with a limited number of targeted clinical sites to achieve routine clinical adoption of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in a select group of thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgical procedures in which we believe the key features of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 is most differentiated from existing devices. We plan to leverage the lessons learned from this initial experience and the clinical experience of these key opinion leaders with this product to bring credibility to a broader launch. As we are able to apply the CE Mark to additional products in our microcutter product line and are able to gain more adoption of our products, we plan to introduce these additional products in a similar manner. We signed a distribution agreement with Century with respect to distribution of our planned microcutter products in Japan. Century will be responsible for securing regulatory approval from the Ministry of Health in Japan. After approval for marketing in Japan, we would sell microcutter units to Century, who would then sell the microcutter devices to their customers in Japan. Century recently filed for regulatory approval of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan and anticipates launching our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Japan during 2014.

6

As of June 30, 2013, over 200 MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 devices had been sold in Europe. Total product sales of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 devices was $0.2 million, representing 5% of total revenue for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

Competition

The MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and other planned products in the microcutter product line, if they receive regulatory clearance and are successfully launched, would compete in the market for stapling and cutting devices against laparoscopic stapling and sealing devices currently marketed around the world. We believe the principal competitive factors in the market for laparoscopic staplers include:

● reduced product size;

● ease of use;

● product quality and reliability;

● multi-fire capability;

● device cost-effectiveness;

● degree of articulation;

● surgeon relationships; and

● sales and marketing capabilities.

Two large competitors, Ethicon Endo-Surgery, part of Johnson & Johnson, and Covidien currently control more than 80% of this market. Other large competitors in the laparoscopic device market include Stryker Endoscopy and Olympus, which acquired another competitor, Gyrus Medical. Ethicon Endo-Surgery and Covidien, which acquired a small competitor, Power Medical, each have large direct sales forces in the United States and have been the largest participants in the market for single use disposable laparoscopic stapling devices for many years. Competing against large established competitors with significant resources may make establishing a market for any products that we develop difficult and the failure to establish a market for our products would have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, we may also face additional competition from generic surgical stapling products similar to currently commercially available products following expiration of patents on our competitors’ products, which we believe will begin in calendar 2013.

Cardiac Industry Background

Coronary Artery Disease

According to the American Heart Association, approximately 17.6 million people in the United States have coronary artery disease, and approximately 425,400 people in the United States die each year as a result of the disease. Coronary artery disease, sometimes referred to as atherosclerosis, is a degenerative disease resulting from the deposit of cholesterol and other fatty materials on the interior walls of blood vessels, forming a build-up known as plaque. The accumulation of plaque, usually over decades, causes the vessel to become inelastic and progressively narrows the interior of the artery, impairing its ability to supply blood and oxygen to the heart muscle. When there is insufficient blood flow to the heart muscle, an injury may occur, often resulting in chest pain, or angina, a heart attack or even death. Coronary artery disease is caused by aging and is exacerbated by dietary and environmental factors, as well as by genetic predisposition. As a patient ages, the disease will typically advance and become more diffuse, compromising the coronary artery system more globally and occluding more small-diameter vessels.

Current Treatment Alternatives for Coronary Artery Disease

Physicians and patients may select among a variety of treatments to address coronary artery disease, with the selection often depending upon the stage and severity of the disease and the age of the patient. In addition to changes in patient lifestyle, such as smoking cessation, weight reduction, diet changes and exercise programs, the principal existing treatments for coronary artery disease include the following:

Medical Treatment with Pharmaceuticals

Before the advent of interventional cardiology or bypass surgery, medical treatment with pharmaceuticals was the only form of therapy available to patients with coronary artery disease. In patients with less severe disease, pharmaceuticals remain the primary treatment approach and include drugs such as platelet adhesion inhibitors or drugs that reduce the blood cholesterol or triglyceride levels. The objective for medical treatment with pharmaceutical agents is to reduce the incidence, progression or exacerbation of coronary artery disease and its associated symptoms. For more serious disease, however, pharmacological therapy alone is often inadequate.

7

Interventional Cardiology Techniques

Coronary Angioplasty. Percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, commonly referred to as balloon angioplasty, is a surgical procedure that involves the dilation of the obstructed artery with a balloon catheter. To perform an angioplasty, the surgeon maneuvers a flexible balloon catheter to the site of the blockage in the coronary artery, inflates the balloon, compressing the plaque and stretching the artery wall to create a larger channel for blood flow. The balloon is then deflated and removed. Angioplasty is generally successful in increasing immediate blood flow and, relative to current surgical procedures, offers the benefits of shorter periods of hospitalization, quicker recovery times, reduced patient discomfort and lower cost. However, angioplasty does not always provide prolonged efficacy: independent studies indicate that 25% to 40% of vessels treated with balloon angioplasty return to their pre-treatment, narrowed size, a process known as restenosis, within six months following the procedure. Restenosis is primarily the result of cell proliferation in response to the “injury” caused by the angioplasty procedure.

Stents. High rates of restenosis following treatment by balloon angioplasty led to the introduction of stents, mesh-like metallic tubes that are placed within the narrowed portion of the coronary vessel to hold the vessel open after the angioplasty balloon has been removed. Although clinical outcomes for procedures using stents reflect an improvement over balloon angioplasty alone, the effectiveness of stents is still limited by restenosis, which for bare metal stents occurs in about 10% to 35% of cases within six months of the procedure.

Some manufacturers have introduced drug-eluting stents, which incorporate, on the surface of the stent, specially formulated, slow-release drugs designed to prevent restenosis. According to published studies, currently marketed drug-eluting stents have been shown in clinical trials to reduce the rate of restenosis, within the first nine months after placement, to less than 10%. Market adoption of drug-eluting stents has been rapid, and industry observers had predicted that drug-eluting stents would capture approximately 90% of the stent market within three years. However, some studies have been presented that associate drug eluting stents with late stage thrombosis, or clotting, which can be an adverse event. Drug eluting stents are still widely used, with a current market share relative to total stent usage in the range of 70-80%.

Despite the advancements and market success of drug-eluting stents and angioplasty therapies, these interventional procedures may be less effective than CABG procedures in addressing diffuse progressive coronary artery disease. In this advanced stage of coronary artery disease, intervention is required for multiple vessels, many of which are less than two millimeters in internal diameter, a diameter currently unsuited for angioplasty and stenting. In addition, stents have been shown to be difficult to place in patients with coronary lesions in sections with vessel branches and in patients with narrowings in the left main coronary artery.

Bypass Surgery. CABG involves the construction of an alternative path to bypass a narrowed or occluded coronary artery and restore blood flow from the aorta to an area past the occlusion. This procedure can be accomplished using either veins or arteries as bypass grafts. Veins are typically harvested from the patient’s leg (saphenous vein), while arteries are taken from either the patient’s arm (radial artery) or chest wall (mammary artery). For vein grafts and radial arteries, one end of the harvested vessel is then generally attached to the aorta for blood inflow, and the opposite end is attached to the target coronary vessel. If a mammary artery is used as the bypass graft, it must be dissected from the chest wall, leaving one end in place, while the opposite end is attached to the target vessel, providing uninterrupted blood flow from the arterial circulation. Once in place, these grafts provide sufficient blood flow to bypass the narrowed or occluded portion of the coronary artery. (See Figure Below).

8

Although CABG surgery is generally a highly invasive and even traumatic procedure, an independent study comparing CABG and implantation of conventional stents has shown that CABG is the more effective treatment for coronary artery disease, achieving the best long-term patient outcomes as measured by survival rate and need for intervention. Studies have shown that following CABG, grafts can remain patent, or open, and functional for as long as 10 years in approximately 50% of venous grafts and approximately 90% of arterial grafts. In addition, CABG procedures can be used to treat diffuse, end-stage coronary artery disease states that are often not amenable to treatment by angioplasty or stents.

According to an independent analysis by Medtech Insight, a division of Windhover Information, entitled “U.S. Surgical Procedure Volumes,” dated February 2007, an estimated 257,000 CABG procedures were performed in 2007 in the United States, as compared to approximately 260,000 procedures in 2006. We believe that the decrease in CABG procedures is primarily attributable to the increase in other interventional cardiology procedures, including the increased use of drug-eluting stents. The average CABG surgery requires approximately three bypass grafts per patient, and a majority of grafts require an anastomotic connection at both ends of the graft. Assuming an average of approximately five anastomoses per CABG procedure, we estimate that approximately 1.8 million of these blood vessel connections are performed in connection with CABG procedures annually in the United States. We believe approximately two-thirds of the procedures are performed using veins as the bypass graft. A similar number of CABG procedures with similar grafting frequency are performed outside of the US.

Types of CABG Procedures

There are currently three types of CABG procedures, two of which are commonly performed:

Conventional On-Pump CABG Procedures. Conventional on-pump CABG procedures are particularly invasive and traumatic to the patient, typically requiring the surgeon to open the patient’s chest cavity by splitting the sternum and to place the patient on a pump to circulate the blood throughout the body. Redirecting the blood flow to a pump enables the surgeon to clamp the aorta and stop the heart, which results in a motionless and bloodless field in which the surgeon can perform the difficult and tedious task of manually suturing the small vessels to one another. The absence of blood flow and motion are important factors in ensuring precision and providing positive clinical outcomes; however, the use of a pump for circulation exposes the patient’s blood to foreign surfaces, which has been shown to increase the incidence of bleeding and short-term neurocognitive defects. Additionally, stopping the heart may result in impairment or damage to the heart muscle. Moreover, clamping of the aorta has been shown in clinical studies to cause the release of particles into the blood stream that may produce blockages in other parts of the body, such as the brain. Blockages in the brain can lead to neurological damage, including strokes. Clamping the aorta also carries the risk of injury to the vessel wall with later bleeding complications. Notwithstanding these potential problems, the majority of CABG procedures performed today use this on-pump technique.

Off-Pump CABG Procedures. In 1995, a method of performing CABG procedures was introduced that avoids the use of external pumps, requiring the surgeon to perform the anastomosis while the heart is beating. The clinical literature suggests that this procedure, termed off-pump coronary artery bypass, or OPCAB, offers several benefits as compared to on-pump CABG procedures, including reductions in bleeding, kidney dysfunction, short-term neurocognitive dysfunction and length of hospital stay. OPCAB procedures currently represent approximately 20% to 25% of all CABG procedures performed in the United States.

Notwithstanding these advantages, the technical challenges inherent in OPCAB have impeded its widespread adoption. Because the patient’s heart is beating during the procedure, the surgeon is required to perform the delicate anastomosis on a target vessel, which could be as small as one millimeter in internal diameter, while the vessel is moving with each heart contraction. The technical demands of the procedure, together with the longer learning curve required to achieve surgical proficiency, may also initially adversely affect long-term graft patency and completion of revascularization. In addition, surgeons will still typically be required to place a partially occluding clamp on the ascending aorta to hand suture the proximal vein graft anastomosis. As a result, even in OPCAB procedures, patients still face the risk of the serious adverse effects associated with the application of aortic clamps.

Minimally Invasive Endoscopic Procedures. Recently, a very small number of CABG procedures have been performed using minimally invasive endoscopic procedures to reduce patient trauma. These TECAB procedures typically involve the use of Intuitive Surgical’s da Vinci surgical robot system. In this approach, the sternum is left intact and the surgery is performed through small access ports. The anastomoses are performed on selected, readily reachable vessels using special surgical instruments or the da Vinci robot system, and this procedure requires special surgical skills. Although endoscopic procedures offer the promise of faster post-operative patient recovery times, rapid ambulation, long-term graft patency and a low incidence of adverse outcomes, in the past there were a number of challenges to wide-scale realization of that potential, including the absence of a method to enable surgeons to perform reproducible and effective anastomoses that can be rapidly deployed through small incisions. While many patients may be eligible for minimally invasive endoscopic techniques, the TECAB procedures are currently performed in less than 1% of all CABG patients.

Surgical Techniques for Anastomoses

The current method of performing anastomoses, which surgeons generally view as the most critical aspect of CABG procedures, typically employs tedious and time-consuming hand-sewn placement of individual stitches with a continuous suture to connect the bypass graft to the aorta or coronary vessels. Conventional anastomosis can require ten to 25 minutes to suture, depending upon the size and disease state of the vessels. Proper vessel alignment and suture tension among the many individually placed fine stitches are critical for optimal bypass graft blood flow and function. Furthermore, long-term clinical outcomes may be improved if the anastomosis is “compliant,” that is, if its shape and size can adapt to changes in flow and blood pressure by placement of many single sutures rather than one continuous suture. However, most surgeons prefer the use of a continuous suture because placement of individual sutures may be more technically challenging and time-consuming. Whether the surgeon elects to operate on the patient on- or off-pump, a hand-sewn proximal anastomosis generally requires clamping of the aorta and therefore carries with it the risk of neurological damage and other serious adverse effects. Recently, new technology has been introduced that allows the surgeon to perform hand-sewn proximal anastomoses to the aorta without clamping of the aorta. These facilitating devices temporarily cover the opening in the aortic wall from the inside while the surgeon places the stitches to create the anastomosis and are removed after the anastomosis has been completed to allow blood flow into the bypass graft. We believe these systems, in their current implementations, are not suitable for endoscopic bypass surgery.

9

The laborious and time-consuming nature of manually applied sutures and the limitations associated with their use, together with advances occurring in coronary surgical procedures, have fueled the need for easy-to-use, fast and highly reliable automated systems to expedite and standardize the performance of anastomoses in CABG procedures. A number of companies have attempted to develop automated systems to perform anastomoses, to date, we believe Cardica is one of those companies with FDA clearance to market distal and proximal anastomosis devices in the United States, and only one other non-automated system for use in performing a proximal anastomosis is currently commercially available in the United States.

Our Cardiac Solutions

We design, manufacture and market proprietary automated anastomotic systems used by surgeons to perform anastomoses during on- or off-pump CABG procedures. We believe that by enabling consistent and reliable anastomoses of the vessels at this most critical step in CABG surgery through a fast, automated process, our products can improve the quality and consistency of these anastomoses, which we believe will ultimately contribute to improved patient outcomes. We have designed our products to meet the needs of surgeons, including:

● Physiological features. Our clips use medical grade stainless steel that is identical to that used in conventional coronary stents, which is known to be compatible with the human body (in the absence of allergies to certain components of medical grade stainless steel). Our products minimize trauma to both the graft and target vessel during loading and deployment, thereby reducing the risk of scar formation and associated narrowings or occlusions. Additionally, our PAS-Port system can be used without clamping the aorta, which has been shown to be a cause of adverse events, including neurological complications. In addition, our C-Port system creates compliant anastomoses, which potentially allow the shape and size of the anastomosis to adapt to changes in flow and blood pressure.

● Handling features. Our anastomotic systems can create anastomoses more rapidly than hand suturing, resulting in a surgical procedure that can be performed more quickly. For example the PAS-Port system can be set-up and deployed in approximately three minutes compared with approximately ten to 25 minutes for a hand-sewn anastomosis. In addition, the system is easy to use, typically requiring only a few hours of training to become technically proficient in the technique. The C-Port system is compatible with coronary arteries as small as 1.3 millimeters in internal diameter, which is typically the lower limit of target vessels considered to be candidates for revascularization. The C-Port system can also be deployed at various angles, allowing access to all coronary targets during both on- and off-pump procedures. Both the C-Port system and the PAS-Port system are designed as integrated products, where all steps necessary to create an anastomosis are performed by a single tool, with one user interface. The need for target vessel preparation is minimal for the PAS-Port system, a feature that is especially important in patients undergoing a second or third coronary bypass procedure with the presence of significant scarring in and around the heart and aorta.

● Standardized results. Our products enable consistent, reproducible anastomoses, largely independent of surgical technique and skill set, using a wide range in quality of graft tissues. In comparison with hand-sewn sutures, our systems offer mechanically-governed repeatability and reduced procedural complexity.

● Reduced costs. Because our products can help to expedite the CABG procedure, we believe that they may contribute to reduced operating room time and a reduction in associated expenses, partially offset by the increased direct cost of our products compared to current alternatives, such as sutures. Additionally, our C-Port system creates anastomoses rapidly and does not require the interruption of blood flow. This may reduce some of the technical challenges inherent in performing anastomosis in off-pump procedures, which may advance adoption of the off-pump approach. By helping more surgeons perform off-pump CABG, the need for a costly pump may also be reduced or eliminated, thereby potentially reducing the total direct costs of the procedure. The C-Port Flex A allows the surgeon to perform coronary revascularization through small openings in the chest wall, thereby reducing the trauma and morbidity associated with the CABG procedure, which therefore may help reduce costs by reducing the time to patient discharge. Finally, to the extent complications such as strokes or injury to the heart muscle decrease, post-operative costs of a CABG procedure may be significantly reduced.

10

Our Cardiac Products 

We currently market three proprietary products to perform anastomoses, the C-Port xA system, the C-Port Flex A system and the PAS-Port system. The C-Port systems automate a distal anastomosis between the graft vessel and target artery. The C-Port xA system was developed to use veins and arteries as the bypass graft vessel and received 510(k) clearance in November 2006. A new generation of the C-Port xA system, the C-Port Flex A system, designed to further enable minimally invasive CABG surgery, received 510(k) clearance in March 2007. Each of our C-Port systems has received the CE Mark for sales in Europe. As of June 30, 2013, we had sold an aggregate of nearly 13,800 units of all the versions of our C-Port systems. The PAS-Port system automates the performance of a proximal anastomosis between a graft vessel, typically a saphenous vein, and the aorta. The PAS-Port system received 510(k) clearance in September 2008 following successful completion of a prospective, international, randomized study. Our PAS-Port system also has received the CE Mark. The PAS-Port system is marketed in the United States, Europe and Japan. As of June 30, 2013, over 32,600 PAS-Port systems had been sold, primarily in Japan and the United States.

C-Port® Distal Anastomosis Systems 

C-Port® xA Anastomosis System 

Our C-Port xA Distal Anastomosis System, which may be used in either on- or off-pump CABG procedures, is designed to perform an end-to-side distal anastomosis by attaching the end of a bypass graft to a coronary artery downstream of an occlusion or narrowing. The C-Port xA system is inserted in a small incision in the coronary artery with a bypass graft vessel attached to the device. The C-Port xA system is actuated by depressing a trigger which activates a manifold powered by a cylinder of compressed carbon dioxide to provide smooth actuation. Miniature stainless steel staples are deployed to securely attach the bypass graft to the coronary artery and at the same time a miniature knife completes an opening inside the coronary artery to complete the bypass. After deployment, the C-Port system is removed from the coronary artery and the entry incision is closed typically with a single stitch. Our C-Port xA system is effective in creating compliant anastomoses in vessels as small as 1.3 millimeters in internal diameter. In addition, the C-Port xA system has been designed to:

● perform an end-to-side anastomosis without interruption of native coronary blood flow, which is not possible in a conventional hand-sewn anastomosis during off-pump surgery without the use of a temporarily placed vascular shunt;

● achieve nearly complete alignment of the natural blood lining surfaces of the coronary artery and the bypass graft to minimize scarring and potential occlusion of the anastomosis;

● minimize the amount of foreign material in the blood stream that may cause clotting and subsequent graft failure; and

● be suitable for all grafts typically used in CABG procedures with wall thicknesses of less than or equal to 1.4 millimeters.

C-Port® Flex A Anastomosis System 

The C-Port Flex A system includes modifications to the C-Port xA system that are designed to enable automated anastomoses to be performed as part of minimally invasive and robot-facilitated CABG procedures. The C-Port Flex A system includes all of the features and benefits of the C-Port xA system and has a flexible, rather than rigid, shaft. The flexible shaft is designed to allow the working end of the device that creates the anastomosis to be inserted through a 14-millimeter diameter port to access the chest cavity and heart. The device is designed to be loaded with the bypass graft vessel inside or outside the chest cavity and deployed to create the anastomosis to the coronary artery. This product is designed to enable technology for completion of robotically assisted, including endoscopic, CABG surgery through four or five relatively small incisions between the ribs. Avoiding both the incision through the sternum and the use of the pump should significantly reduce patient trauma and accelerate post-operative recovery.

PAS-Port® Proximal Anastomosis System 

Our PAS-Port system is a fully automated device used to perform an end-to-side proximal anastomosis between a saphenous vein and the aorta. To complete a proximal anastomosis, the cardiac surgeon simply loads the bypass graft vessel into the PAS-Port system, places the end of the delivery device against the aorta and turns the knob on the opposite end of the delivery tool. The device first creates an opening in the aorta and subsequently securely attaches the bypass graft to the aortic wall, using a medical grade stainless steel implant that is formed into its final shape by the delivery tool. The innovative design of the PAS-Port system allows the surgeon to load the bypass graft and rapidly complete the anastomosis, typically in approximately three minutes, with little or no injury to the bypass graft vessel or the aorta.

11

An important advantage of our PAS-Port system is that, in contrast to conventional hand-sewn proximal anastomoses, the vascular connections created can be performed without clamping the aorta, potentially avoiding associated risks, such as neurological complications. Surgeons use our PAS-Port system in conventional CABG procedures and in OPCAB. Similar to hand-sewn anastomosis, anastomoses completed using our PAS-Port system occasionally require additional stitches intra-operatively to obtain hemostasis (absence of bleeding in the anastomosis site). These additional stitches may be required intra-operatively in an individual anastomosis depending on the quality of the target and graft vessels, adequacy of target site preparation and quality of the loading of the graft to the deployment cartridge.

Cardiac Product Sales and Marketing

United States

Our cardiac products focus on the needs of cardiovascular surgeons worldwide. We have a four person direct sales force, augmented by a network of independent medical device manufacturers’ representatives and distributors to sell our products domestically. We utilize manufacturers’ representatives and distributors who carry other cardiac surgery products, are clinically knowledgeable and are capable of training cardiac surgeons on the use of our products and proctoring initial cases in the operating room.

International

We currently distribute our PAS-Port system in Japan through our exclusive distributor, Century. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, sales to Century accounted for approximately 29%, 29% and 7%, respectively, of our total revenue and approximately 33%, 32% and 22%, respectively, of our product sales. As of June 30, 2013, Century had trained over 700 Japanese cardiac surgeons in over 350 hospitals. Century has a direct sales organization of approximately 35 representatives who are responsible for the development of the anastomotic device market and directly contact cardiac surgeons. Century provides clinical training and support for end-users in Japan. We provide Century with promotional support, ongoing clinical training, representation at trade shows and guidance in Century’s sales and marketing efforts. Our agreement with Century pertaining to the PAS-Port system expires in July 2014, but automatically renews for an additional five-year term if Century meets certain sales milestones. Either party may terminate this agreement if the other party defaults in performance of material obligations and such default is not cured within a specified period or if the other party becomes insolvent or subject to bankruptcy proceedings. In addition, we may terminate the agreement within 90 days following a change of control by payment of a specified termination fee. For the specifics of our revenue by geographic location please see Note 1, Concentrations of Credit Risk and Certain Other Risks, in our Notes to Financial Statements.

Total product sales of our C-Port and PAS-Port systems were $2.9 million, $3.3 million and $3.9 million, for fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total product sales represented 83%, 89% and 29% of total revenues for fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We are continuing to sell to selected international customers and will continue to evaluate further opportunities to expand our distribution network in Europe and in other parts of the world where the healthcare economics are conducive to the introduction and adoption of new medical device technologies.

Competition

The market for medical devices used in the treatment of coronary artery disease is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change, and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. We believe the principal competitive factors in the market for medical devices used in the treatment of coronary artery disease include:

● improved patient outcomes;

● access to and acceptance by leading physicians;

● product quality and reliability;

● ease of use;

● device cost-effectiveness;

● training and support;

● novelty;

● physician relationships; and

● sales and marketing capabilities.

12

There are numerous potential competitors in the medical device, biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, such as Maquet Cardiovascular LLC, formerly the cardiac surgery division of Boston Scientific Corporation, Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, Johnson & Johnson, Inc., Abbott Laboratories, which acquired an additional division of Guidant Corporation, Medtronic, Inc. and St. Jude Medical, that are targeting the treatment of coronary artery disease broadly. Each of these companies has significantly greater financial, clinical, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources and experience than we have. In addition, new companies have been, and are likely to continue to be, formed to pursue opportunities in our market.

The landscape of active competitors in the market for anastomotic solutions is currently limited. Several companies market systems designed to facilitate or stabilize proximal anastomoses, such as Maquet Cardiovascular’s Heartstring Aortic Occluder and Novare Surgical Systems’ Enclose anastomotic assist device. St. Jude Medical previously had a commercially available proximal anastomotic system that was marketed both in the United States and Europe; however, St. Jude Medical voluntarily withdrew this product from the market in 2004. Johnson & Johnson obtained FDA clearance for a proximal system that was developed by Bypass Inc. but has divested the division that was originally responsible for selling this product, and this proximal anastomosis product is now not available for cardiac surgeons in the United States or abroad. Our PAS-Port system is the only commercially available automated proximal anastomosis device.

Our C-Port systems are the only automated anastomosis devices for distal anastomosis cleared for marketing in the United States. The only currently marketed facilitating device for distal anastomosis is the U-Clip, which substitutes clips for sutures, but still requires manual application of typically 12 to 14 individually placed clips per anastomosis by the surgeon.

Currently, the vast majority of anastomoses are performed with sutures and, for the foreseeable future, sutures will continue to be the principal competitor for alternative anastomotic solutions. The direct cost of sutures used for anastomoses in CABG procedures is far less expensive than the direct cost of automated anastomotic systems, and surgeons, who have been using sutures for their entire careers, have been reluctant to consider alternative technologies, despite potential advantages.

In addition, cardiovascular diseases may also be treated by other methods that do not require anastomoses, including interventional techniques such as balloon angioplasty and use of drug-eluting stents, pharmaceuticals, atherectomy catheters and lasers. Further, technological advances with other therapies for cardiovascular disease such as drugs, local gene therapy or future innovations in cardiac surgery techniques could make other methods of treating this disease safer, more effective or less expensive than CABG procedures.

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing operations, sterile products manufacturing, assembly, packaging, storage and shipping, as well as our research and development laboratories and administrative activities all take place at our headquarters facility. We believe that our current facilities will be sufficient to meet our manufacturing needs for at least the next two years.

We believe our manufacturing operations are in compliance with regulations mandated by the FDA and the European Union. Our facility is International Standards Organization, or ISO, 13485:2003 certified. In connection with our CE mark approval and compliance with European quality standards, our facility was initially certified in June 2002 and has been inspected annually thereafter.

There are a number of critical components and sub-assemblies required for manufacturing the microcutter product line and C-Port and PAS-Port systems that we purchase from third-party suppliers. The vendors for these materials are qualified through stringent evaluation and monitoring of their performance over time. We audit our critical component manufacturers on a regular basis and at varied intervals based on the nature and complexity of the components they provide and the risk associated with the components’ failure.

We use or rely upon sole source suppliers for certain components and services used in manufacturing our products, and we utilize materials and components supplied by third parties, with whom we do not have any long-term contracts. In recent years, many suppliers have ceased supplying materials for use in implantable medical devices. We cannot quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for certain components or materials, due to both the complex nature of the manufacturing processes employed by our suppliers and the time and effort that may be required to obtain FDA clearance or other regulatory approval to use materials from alternative suppliers. Any significant supply interruption or capacity constraints affecting our facilities or those of our suppliers would affect our ability to manufacture and distribute our products.

Third-Party Reimbursement 

Sales of medical products are increasingly dependent in part on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors such as government and private insurance plans. In the United States, as well as in foreign countries, government-funded or private insurance programs, commonly known as third-party payors, pay the cost of a significant portion of a patient’s medical expenses. Successful sales of our products will depend on the availability of adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. No uniform policy of coverage or reimbursement for medical technology exists among all these payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor.

13

Hospitals and other healthcare providers that purchase medical devices, such as the ones that we manufacture, rely on third-party payors to pay for all or part of the costs and fees associated with the procedures performed with these devices. The existence of adequate reimbursement for the procedures performed with our MicroCutter and cardiac surgery products by government and private insurance plans are central to acceptance of our current and future products. We may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis if third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of payment, or if our costs of production increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels.

Many private payors use coverage decisions and payment amounts determined by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, which administers the Medicare program, as guidelines in setting their reimbursement policies. Future action by CMS or other government agencies may diminish payments to physicians, outpatient centers and hospitals. Those private payors that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different reimbursement policies for procedures performed with our products. For some governmental programs, such as Medicaid, reimbursement differs from state to state, and some state Medicaid programs may not pay for the procedures performed with our products in an adequate amount, if at all.

Once a device has received approval or clearance for marketing by the FDA, there is no assurance that Medicare will cover the device and related services. In some cases, CMS may place certain restrictions on the circumstances in which coverage will be available. In making such coverage determinations, CMS considers, among other things, peer-reviewed publications concerning the effectiveness of the technology, the opinions of medical specialty societies, input from the FDA, the National Institutes of Health, and other government agencies. We cannot assure you that our microcutter products (if launched) and/or our cardiac surgery products will be covered by Medicare and other third-party payors. Limited coverage of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In general, Medicare makes a predetermined, fixed payment amount for its beneficiaries receiving covered inpatient services in acute care hospitals. This payment methodology is part of the inpatient prospective payment system, or IPPS. For acute care hospitals, under IPPS, payment for an inpatient stay is based on diagnosis-related groups, or DRGs, which include reimbursement for all covered medical services and medical products that are provided during a hospital stay. Additionally, a relative weight is calculated for each individual DRG which represents the average resources required to care for cases in that particular DRG relative to the average resources required to treat cases in all DRGs. Generally, DRG relative weights are adjusted annually to reflect changes in medical practice in a budget neutral manner.

CMS has made no decisions with respect to DRG assignment when patients undergo thoracic, bariatric, colorectal, general or CABG procedures in which our microcutter or cardiac surgery products would be used, and there can be no assurance that the DRG to which such patients will be assigned will result in Medicare payment levels that are considered by hospitals to be adequate to support purchase of our products.

As is the case with other endoscopic stapling devices available in the U.S. today, we do not anticipate that our microcutter products will be reimbursed separately by third-party payors. Our cardiac surgery technologies bring added direct costs to medical providers and may not be reimbursed separately by third-party payors at rates sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a competitive and profitable basis. Many private payors look to CMS in setting their reimbursement policies and payment amounts. If CMS or other agencies limit coverage and decrease or limit reimbursement payments for hospitals and physicians, this may affect coverage and reimbursement determinations by many private payors.

Coverage and reimbursement therefore depend on our ability to demonstrate the short-term and long-term clinical and cost-effectiveness of our products from the results we obtain from clinical experience and formal clinical studies. We have not collected, and are not aware that others have collected, long-term data regarding efficacy, safety and clinical outcomes associated with the use of our microcutter products.

For classification of physician services, the American Medical Association, referred to as the AMA, has developed a coding system known as the Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT. CPT codes are established by the AMA and adopted by the Medicare program in the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System, to describe and develop payment amounts for physician services. Physician services are reimbursed by Medicare based on a physician fee schedule whereby payment is based generally on the number of “relative value units” assigned by CMS to the service furnished by the physician. No decision has been made concerning whether existing CPT codes would be appropriate for use in coding thoracic, bariatric, colorectal, general or CABG procedures when our products are used or if new CPT codes and payment are required. We cannot assure you that codes used for submitting claims for procedures using our products will result in incremental payment to physicians. CPT codes are used by many other third-party payors in addition to Medicare. Failure by physicians to receive what they consider to be adequate reimbursement for procedures in which our products are used could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

14

Our international success will depend upon the availability of reimbursement within prevailing foreign healthcare payment systems. Reimbursement and healthcare payment systems in international markets vary significantly by country and include both government-sponsored healthcare and private insurance.

All third-party reimbursement programs, whether government funded or insured commercially, whether inside the United States or outside, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs through prospective reimbursement and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, second opinions required prior to major surgery, careful review of bills, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. These types of programs and legislative changes to reimbursement policies could potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for medical devices.

As the portion of the United States population over age 65 and eligible for Medicare continues to grow we may be more vulnerable to reimbursement limitations imposed by CMS. Furthermore, the healthcare industry in the United States has experienced a trend toward cost containment as government and private insurers seek to control healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates with service providers. Therefore, we cannot be certain that the procedures performed with our products will be adequately reimbursed.

Research and Development

As of June 30, 2013, we had 22 employees in our research and development department. Future research and development efforts will involve development of the microcutter in a variety of formats that accommodate different staple sizes and staple line lengths and different tool form factors, such as flexible versus rigid shafts. We are also exploring the development of other products that can be derived from our core technology platform and intellectual property. Research and development expenses for fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $9.1 million, $7.2 million and $7.5 million, respectively. We expect research and development expenses to decrease slightly in absolute dollar terms in fiscal year 2014 as we have completed the clinical trial, product testing and the tooling expenses relating to the enhancements of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30.

Patents and Intellectual Property

We believe our competitive position will depend significantly upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of our business. As of June 30, 2013, we had 120 issued U.S. patents, 65 additional U.S. patent applications, eight issued foreign patents and another sixteen patent applications filed in select international markets. Our issued patents expire between 2018 and 2031.

We also rely upon trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We typically require our employees, consultants and advisors to execute confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements in connection with their employment, consulting or advisory relationships with us. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will not be breached or that we will have adequate remedies for any breach. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that competitors will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our proprietary technology, or that we can meaningfully protect our rights in unpatented proprietary technology.

Patent applications in the United States and in foreign countries are maintained in secrecy for a period of time after filing, which results in a delay between the actual discoveries and the filing of related patent applications and the time when discoveries are published in scientific and patent literature. Patents issued and patent applications filed relating to medical devices are numerous, and there can be no assurance that current and potential competitors and other third parties have not filed or in the future will not file applications for, or have not received or in the future will not receive, patents or obtain additional proprietary rights relating to products, devices or processes used or proposed to be used by us. We are aware of patents issued to third parties that contain subject matter related to our technology. We believe that the technologies we employ in our products and systems do not infringe the valid claims of any such patents. There can be no assurance, however, that third parties will not seek to assert that our devices and systems infringe their patents or seek to expand their patent claims to cover aspects of our products and systems.

The medical device industry, in general, and the industry segment that includes products for the treatment of cardiovascular disease in particular, has been characterized by substantial litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Any such claims, regardless of their merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to respond to and could divert our technical and management personnel. We may be involved in litigation to defend against claims of infringement by other patent holders, to enforce patents issued to us, or to protect our trade secrets. If any relevant claims of third-party patents are upheld as valid and enforceable in any litigation or administrative proceeding, we could be prevented from practicing the subject matter claimed in such patents, or would be required to obtain licenses from the patent owners of each such patent, or to redesign our products, devices or processes to avoid infringement. There can be no assurance that such licenses would be available or, if available, would be available on terms acceptable to us or that we would be successful in any attempt to redesign our products or processes to avoid infringement. Accordingly, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We intend to vigorously protect and defend our intellectual property. Costly and time-consuming litigation brought by us may be necessary to enforce patents issued to us, to protect trade secrets or know-how owned by us or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. See “Risk Factors.”

15

Government Regulation 

The FDA and other regulatory bodies extensively regulate the research, development, manufacture, labeling, distribution, import/export, sales and marketing of our products. Our current products are regulated by the FDA as medical devices, and we are required to obtain review and clearance or approval from the FDA prior to commercializing our devices in the United States.

FDA regulations govern nearly all of the activities that we perform, or that are performed on our behalf, to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses. The activities that the FDA regulates include the following:

● product design, development and manufacture;

● product safety, testing, labeling and storage;

● pre-clinical testing in animals and in the laboratory;

● clinical investigations in humans;

● marketing applications, such as 510(k) notifications and Premarket Approval, or PMA, applications;

● record keeping and document retention procedures;

● advertising and promotion;

● product marketing, distribution and recalls; and

● post-marketing surveillance and medical device reporting, including reporting of deaths, serious injuries, device malfunctions or other adverse events.

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device distributed commercially in the United States will require either prior 510(k) clearance or PMA from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Class I devices are subject to only general controls, such as establishment registration and device listing, labeling, medical device reporting, and prohibitions against adulteration and misbranding. Class II medical devices generally require prior 510(k) clearance before they may be commercially marketed in the United States. The FDA will clear marketing of a medical device through the 510(k) process if the FDA is satisfied that the new product has been demonstrated to be substantially equivalent to another legally marketed device, or predicate, device, and otherwise meets the FDA’s requirements. Class II devices are also subject to general controls and may be subject to performance standards and other special controls. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a predicate device, are placed in Class III, generally requiring submission of a PMA supported by clinical trial data.

510(k) Clearance Pathway. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a notification to the FDA demonstrating that our proposed device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device, i.e., a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class I or Class II, or a 510(k)-cleared device. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process generally takes from three to twelve months from the date the application is submitted, but can take significantly longer. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a previously-cleared device or use, the device is automatically placed into Class III, requiring the submission of a PMA. Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance and may even, in some circumstances, require a PMA, if the change raises complex or novel scientific issues. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination regarding the need for a new 510(k) submission in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the device until 510(k) clearance or PMA is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or PMAs for any modifications, we may be required to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device, if already in distribution, until 510(k) clearance or PMA is obtained and we could be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. The FDA has undertaken a systematic review of the 510(k) clearance process that included both internal and independent recommendations for reform of the 510(k) system. The internal review has resulted in a series of recommendations that the FDA is currently acting on, and in July 2011, the Institute of Medicine, or IOM issued its independent recommendations for 510(k) reform. Ultimately and as the FDA reconciles its plan of action to respond to both the internal and IOM recommendations and public comments on both, the availability of the 510(k) pathway for our product candidates and the timing and data burden required to obtain 510(k) clearance could be adversely impacted. Furthermore, our products could be subject to voluntary recall if we or the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products pose a risk of injury or are otherwise defective. Moreover, the FDA can order a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that our device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death. Delays in receipt or failure to receive clearances or approvals, the loss of previously received clearances or approvals, or the failure to comply with existing or future regulatory requirements could reduce our sales, profitability and future growth prospects.

16

Premarket Approval Pathway. A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The PMA process is much more demanding than the 510(k) notification process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including but not limited to data obtained from preclinical or clinical studies or relating to manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device.

After a PMA submission is complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review, which generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. During this review period, the FDA will typically request additional information or clarification of the information already provided. Also, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s recommendation. In addition, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with Quality System Regulation, or QSR. New PMA applications or PMA supplements are required for significant modifications to the device, including, for example, certain types of modifications to the device’s indication for use, manufacturing process, labeling and design. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA application and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.

Clinical Trials. Clinical trials are generally required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. To perform a clinical trial in the United States for a significant risk device, prior submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA is required. An IDE amendment must also be submitted before initiating a new clinical study under an existing IDE, such as initiating a pivotal trial following the conclusion of a feasibility trial. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, and any available data on human clinical experience, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The animal and laboratory testing must meet the FDA’s good laboratory practice requirements.

The IDE and any IDE supplement for a new trial must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specific number of patients. Clinical trials conducted in the United States for significant risk devices may not begin until the IDE application or IDE supplement is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards, or IRBs, overseeing the welfare of the research subjects and responsible for that particular clinical trial. If the product is considered a non-significant risk device under FDA regulations, only the patients’ informed consent and IRB approval are required. Under its regulations, the agency responds to an IDE or an IDE amendment for a new trial within 30 days. The FDA may approve the IDE or amendment, grant an approval with certain conditions, or identify deficiencies and request additional information. It is common for the FDA to require additional information before approving an IDE or amendment for a new trial, and thus final FDA approval on a submission may require more than the initial 30 days. The FDA may also require that a small-scale feasibility study be conducted before a pivotal trial may commence. In a feasibility trial, the FDA limits the number of patients, sites and investigators that may participate. Feasibility trials are typically structured to obtain information on safety and to help determine how large a pivotal trial should be to obtain statistically significant results.

Clinical trials are subject to extensive recordkeeping and reporting requirements. Our clinical trials must be conducted under the oversight of an IRB for the relevant clinical trial sites and must comply with FDA regulations, including but not limited to those relating to good clinical practices. We are also required to obtain the patients’ informed consent in form and substance that complies with both FDA requirements and state and federal privacy and human subject protection regulations. We, the FDA or the IRB may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the device or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain FDA approval to market the product in the United States. Similarly, in Europe the clinical study must be approved by a local ethics committee and in some cases, including studies with high-risk devices, by the ministry of health in the applicable country.

We have submitted a 510(k) notification to the FDA for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. The statutory review time for a traditional 510(k) is ninety (90) days, assuming that no major deficiencies are identified. Once 510(k) clearance is obtained for an initial Cardica microcutter device, that Cardica microcutter could then serve as the predicate device for subsequent iterations and product line extensions. We were advised by the FDA that it will require clinical data related to the staple design used in the planned microcutter product line as part of a 510(k) submission for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 and our other planned products. We began enrollment in a single-arm clinical trial of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe in July 2012, and completed enrollment with 160 patients in May 2013, with the 30 day follow-up as outlined in the clinical trial protocol. We submitted our 510(k) with clinical data for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated all necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review.

17

Our clinical trial is focused on use of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in gastrointestinal surgical procedures. It is possible that, in order to clear our 510(k) submission, the FDA will require data from a larger or different group of patients than the patients that we have enrolled in our clinical trial, or will reject the choice of design and controls used in our clinical trial. Additionally, it is possible that the FDA could take the position that the use of surgical staplers in a foreign country represents a standard of care that is not consistent with use in the U.S. and thus the results of the trial are not relevant to our submission.   It is also possible that the FDA may limit any clearance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to a narrower range of indications than we believe might be supported by our clinical data.

Any products or product enhancements that we develop that require regulatory clearance, including the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, may not be cleared on the timelines that we currently anticipate, if cleared at all. Any new products or any product enhancements that we develop may not be subject to the shorter 510(k) clearance process, but may instead be subject to the more lengthy PMA requirements.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation. There are numerous regulatory requirements governing the approval and marketing of a product. These include:

● product listing and establishment registration, which helps facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory action;

● QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

● labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label use or indication;

● clearance or approval of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use;

● medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers comply with FDA requirements to report if their device may have caused or contributed to an adverse event, a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

● post-approval restrictions or conditions, including post-approval study commitments;

● post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device; and

● notices of correction or removal and recall regulations.

Advertising and promotion of medical devices are also regulated by the Federal Trade Commission and by state regulatory and enforcement authorities. Promotional activities for FDA-regulated products have been the subject of significant enforcement actions brought under healthcare reimbursement laws, “fraud and abuse” laws (such as those prohibiting kickbacks and false claims, discussed below), and consumer protection statutes, among other theories. In addition, under the federal Lanham Act and similar state laws, competitors and others can initiate litigation relating to advertising claims.

We have registered with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with the QSR, and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers.

Failure by us or by our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA or state authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:

● warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

● customer notifications, repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;

● operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

● delay in processing marketing applications for new products or modifications to existing products;

18

● mandatory product recalls;

● withdrawing approvals that have already been granted; and

● criminal prosecution.

Fraud and Abuse and False Claims. We are directly and indirectly subject to various federal and state laws governing our relationship with healthcare providers and pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws. In particular, the federal healthcare program Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service, for which payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Where such activities involve foreign government officials, they may also potentially be subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. In implementing the statute, the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Services, or OIG, has issued a series of regulations, known as the “safe harbors.” These safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable element of a safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

The Federal False Claims Act imposes civil liability on any person or entity who submits, or causes the submission of a false or fraudulent claim to the United States Government. Damages under the Federal False Claims Act can be significant and consist of the imposition of fines and penalties. Under certain circumstances, the Federal False Claims Act also allows a private individual or entity with knowledge of past or present fraud on the federal government to sue on behalf of the government to recover the civil penalties and up to treble damages. The U.S. Department of Justice on behalf of the government has successfully enforced the Federal False Claims Act against medical device manufacturers. Federal suits have alleged that pharmaceutical manufacturers whose marketing and promotional practices were found to have included the off-label promotion and/or the payment of prohibited kickbacks to doctors violated the Federal False Claims Act on the grounds that these prohibited activities resulted in the submission of claims to federal and state healthcare entitlement programs such as Medicaid, resulting in the payment of claims for the off-label use that was not otherwise covered. Such manufacturers have entered into settlements with the federal government under which they paid amounts and entered into corporate integrity agreements that require, among other things, substantial reporting and remedial actions.

State authorities may likewise seek to enforce the False Claims Act (and/or the state equivalents) against medical device manufacturers.

We believe that our marketing practices are not in violation of the laws mentioned above or their state equivalents, but we cannot assure you that individuals or enforcement authorities will not attempt to take action against us and, if such action were successful, we could be required to pay significant fines and penalties and change our marketing practices. Such enforcement could have a significant adverse effect on our ability to operate.

We engage in a variety of activities that are potentially regulated under these laws, including, for example, consulting arrangements with cardiothoracic surgeons, grants for training and other education, grants for research, and other interactions with doctors. Failure to comply with applicable legal requirements could potentially result in substantial penalties to us and significant adverse effect on our ability to operate. Even if we structure our programs with the intent of compliance with such laws, there can be no certainty that we would not need to defend against enforcement or litigation, in light of the fact that there is significant enforcement interest in medical device manufacturers in the United States, and some of the applicable laws are quite broad in scope.

We may also be subject to various federal and state marketing expenditure tracking and reporting laws, such as the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which generally require certain types of expenditures in the United States to be tracked and reported. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical and medical device companies to establish marketing compliance programs. Compliance with such requirements may require investment in infrastructure to ensure that tracking is performed properly, and some of these laws result in the public disclosure of various types of payments and relationships.

International Regulation. International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain certification or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ.

19

The primary regulatory body in Europe is the European Union, or EU, which has adopted numerous directives and has promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture and labeling of and clinical trials and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union and other countries that comply with or mirror these directives. The method for assessing conformity varies depending upon the type and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a notified body, which is an independent and neutral institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. Such an assessment is required for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. ISO 9001 and ISO 13845 certifications are voluntary standards. Compliance establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for the CE Mark. We have the authorization to affix the CE Mark to the PAS-Port and C-Port devices and to commercialize the devices in the European Union for coronary artery bypass grafting. We have received CE Mark certification for the MicroCutter XPRESS 30 and MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, in July 2011 and March 2012, respectively, and we expect to be able to apply the CE Mark to future devices within the microcutter product line that comply with the certified design and manufacturing processes in the same manner.

In Japan, medical devices must be approved prior to importation and commercial sale by the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare, or MHLW. Manufacturers of medical devices outside of Japan are required to utilize a contractually bound In-Country Caretaker, or ICC, to submit an application for device approval to the MHLW. The MHLW evaluates each device for safety and efficacy. As part of its approval process, the MHLW may require that the product be tested in Japanese laboratories. The approval process for products such as our existing anastomotic products is typically 13 to 14 months. Other medical devices may require a longer review period for approval. Once approved, the manufacturer may import the device into Japan for sale by the manufacturer’s contractually bound importer or distributor.

After a device is approved for importation and commercial sale in Japan, the MHLW continues to monitor sales of approved products for compliance with labeling regulations, which prohibit promotion of devices for unapproved uses and reporting regulations and reporting of product malfunctions, including serious injury or death caused by any approved device. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the MHLW, which may include fines, injunctions, and civil penalties, recall or seizure of our products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of sales in Japan, or criminal prosecution.

We have received approval from the MHLW to distribute our PAS-Port system in Japan. We will be required to submit applications with respect to all new products and product enhancements for review and approval by the MHLW. Our contract with Century, our distributor in Japan, has a multi-year term and is renewable for additional multi-year terms upon mutual agreement of the parties.

In addition to MHLW oversight, the regulation of medical devices in Japan is also governed by the Japanese Pharmaceutical Affairs Law, or PAL. Under PAL, manufacturers outside of Japan must now appoint a “primary distributor” located in Japan that holds a primary distributor license for medical devices to provide primary distribution services, including conducting quality assurance and safety control tasks for each product at the time an application for the approval of each such product is submitted to the MHLW. Century serves as the “primary distributor” for Cardica. We do not anticipate that these changes will have a material impact on our existing level of third-party reimbursement for sales of our products in Japan. Century recently filed for regulatory approval of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan and anticipates launching our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Japan during 2014.

Employees

As of June 30, 2013, we had 63 employees, including 19 employees in manufacturing, 5 employees in sales and marketing, 9 employees in clinical, regulatory and quality assurance, 8 employees in general and administrative and 22 employees in research and development. We believe that our future success will depend upon our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe our employee relations are good.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in October 1997 as Vascular Innovations, Inc. and changed our name to Cardica, Inc. in November 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 900 Saginaw Drive, Redwood City, California 94063 and our telephone number is (650) 364-9975. We make our periodic and current reports available, free of charge, on our website as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our website address is www.cardica.com and the reports are filed under “SEC Filings”, on the Investors/Media portion of our website.

20

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of August 31, 2013:

Name	Age	Position
Bernard A. Hausen, M.D., Ph.D.	53	President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Medical Officer and Director
Robert Y. Newell	65	Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Frederick M. Bauer	59	Vice President, Operations
Bryan D. Knodel, Ph.D.	53	Vice President, Research and Development

Bernard A. Hausen, M.D., Ph.D. has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since December 2000. Dr. Hausen co-founded the Company in October 1997 and has served as a director and our Chief Medical Officer since inception. Dr. Hausen received a medical degree from Hannover Medical School in Germany in 1988 and was trained there as a general and cardiothoracic surgeon. Upon completion of his training, he received a Ph.D. degree in Medical Physiology in 1999. From 1996 to 2000, he was employed as a Senior Research Scientist in the Laboratory for Transplantation Immunology of the Department of Cardiothoracic Surgery at Stanford University. Until Dr. Hausen became our full-time employee in October of 2000, he remained responsible for all surgery-related research in that laboratory.

Robert Y. Newell has been our Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer since March 2003 and was Vice President, Finance and Operations, from July 2005 to July 2008. From January 2000 to February 2003 he was Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer for Omnicell, Inc., a hospital supply and medication management company. Mr. Newell holds a B.A. degree in Mathematics from the College of William & Mary and an M.B.A. degree from the Harvard Business School. He currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors of ARI Network Services, Inc., a public software technology company.

Frederick M. Bauer joined Cardica as our Vice President of Operations in July 2008. From August 2005 to June 2008, he was President and Owner of 3RLatex, LLC, a containment, transportation and recycling company for the construction industry and from November 2002 to November 2005, he was general manager of Amazon Environmental, a latex paint recycling company. From October 1996 to November 2001, he was Vice President Operations for the Cardiac Surgery division and Vice President Operations for the Perfusion Systems division of Medtronic, Inc., a medical device company. He also held a number of operations and engineering executive positions with Baxter Healthcare International, a healthcare company, from 1981 to 1996. He currently serves as a member of the board of the Orange County ARC, a non-profit servicing 800 developmentally disabled adults. Mr. Bauer holds a B.S. degree in Civil Engineering from the University of Detroit Mercy.

Bryan D. Knodel, Ph.D. joined Cardica as our Vice President of Research and Development in July 2005. Since January 1998, he has been president of Bryan D. Knodel, Inc., a consulting firm specializing in medical device design and product development. From April 2001 until June 2005, Mr. Knodel consulted for us in product development. From 1992 to 1997, he was a principal engineer with Ethicon Endo-Surgery, a Johnson & Johnson company developing medical devices for less invasive surgery. Mr. Knodel holds B.S., M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Illinois.

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

We have identified the following risks and uncertainties that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also significantly impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Finances and Capital Requirements

We have a history of net losses, which we expect to continue for the foreseeable future, and we are unable to predict the extent of future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all.

We have incurred net losses since our inception in October 1997. As of June 30, 2013, our accumulated deficit was approximately $153.6 million. We expect to incur substantial additional losses until we can achieve significant commercial sales of our products, which depend upon a number of factors, including increased commercial sales of our C-Port and PAS-Port systems, as well as our newly commercially launched MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe, market adoption of our planned microcutter products in Europe and receipt of regulatory clearance or approval, commercial launch and market adoption of our planned microcutter products in the United States.

21

Our ability to become and remain profitable depends upon our ability to generate significantly higher product sales. Our ability to generate significant and sustained revenue depends upon a number of factors, including:

● achievement of broad acceptance for our current products or future products that we may commercialize;

● achievement of Japanese and U.S. regulatory clearance or approval for additional products; and

● successful sales, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of our products.

We have generated revenues almost exclusively from the sale of automated anastomotic systems, and have generated minimal revenues from the commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, as it was only introduced to the European market in December 2012. Sales of our C-Port and PAS-Port systems have not met the levels that we had anticipated, and to date our systems have had limited commercial adoption. Sales of our products and development activities generated $3.5 million, $3.7 million and $13.2 million of revenue for fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We do not anticipate that we will generate significantly higher product sales for the foreseeable future.

Our cost of product sales was 117% and 111% of our net product sales for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We expect higher cost relative to product sales for the foreseeable future due to costs associated with commercializing our microcutter product line. If, over the long term, we are unable to reduce our cost of producing goods and expenses relative to our net revenue, we will not achieve profitability even if we are able to generate significant product sales. Our failure to achieve and sustain profitability would negatively impact the market price of our common stock.

We require substantial additional capital and may be unable to raise capital, which would force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or commercialization efforts and could cause us to cease operations. We cannot be certain that funds will be available and, if they are not available, we may not be able to continue as a going concern which may result in actions that could adversely impact our stockholders.

Our development efforts have consumed substantial capital to date. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $12.4 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and $4.0 million of debt principal outstanding. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the cash that we expect to generate from sales, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs to enable us to conduct our business substantially as currently conducted through February 28, 2014, excluding the repayment of $4.0 million debt principal outstanding. We may be able to extend this time period to the extent that we decrease our planned expenditures, or accessed additional capital under the At The Market Issuance Sales Agreement, or ATM Agreement, we entered into on August 3, 2011, with McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC, or MLV, or raise additional capital. We have based our estimate as to the sufficiency of our cash resources on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, including assumptions with respect to the level of revenue from product sales, and the cost of product development, including the cost and timing of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 clinical trial and the process for obtaining FDA clearance for the commercial use of our microcutter products in the United States, and we could exhaust our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect.

The sufficiency of our current cash resources and our need for additional capital, and the timing thereof, will depend upon numerous factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

● the extent to which we are able to raise additional capital in any equity or debt transaction;

● European market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, which we launched in the last quarter of calendar year 2012;

● Our success in obtaining regulatory approval from the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge in Japan and the timing of such approval, and market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge in Japan if such approval is obtained;

● Our success in obtaining 510(k) clearance for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 from the FDA and the timing of such clearance, and market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in the United States;

● the extent of our ongoing development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, including alterations and post-commercialization improvements based on early adopter experience with this newly commercial product;

● the extent of our ongoing research and development programs and related costs, including costs related to the continued development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and additional products in our a planned microcutter product line;

● our ability to enter into additional license, development and/or collaboration agreements with respect to our technology, and the terms thereof;

● our level of revenues;

22

● costs associated with our sales and marketing initiatives and manufacturing activities;

● costs and timing of obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances and approvals for our products and potential additional products;

● securing, maintaining and enforcing intellectual property rights and the costs thereof; and

● the effects of competing technological and market developments.

Because we do not anticipate that we will generate sufficient product sales to achieve profitability for the foreseeable future, if at all, we need to raise substantial additional capital to finance our operations in the future. To raise capital, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities, obtain a credit facility or enter into product development, license or distribution agreements with third parties or divest one or more of our commercialized products or products in development. However, we cannot be certain that additional funding of any kind will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could have rights senior to those associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. Any product development, licensing, distribution or sale agreements that we enter into may require us to relinquish valuable rights, including with respect to commercialized products or products in development that we would otherwise seek to commercialize or develop ourselves. We may not be able to obtain sufficient additional funding or enter into a strategic transaction in a timely manner. Our need to raise capital may require us to accept terms that may harm our business or be disadvantageous to our current stockholders. If adequate funds are not available or revenue from product sales do not increase, we would be required to further reduce our workforce, delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate our commercialization efforts with respect to one or more of our products or one or more of our research and development programs. Failure to raise additional capital may result in our ceasing to be publicly traded or ceasing operations.

The sale of our common stock may cause substantial dilution to our existing stockholders, and the sale of the shares of common stock issued could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We will need to raise additional capital, and sales of our common stock, may result in substantial dilution to the interests of other holders of our common stock. The sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, or anticipation of such sales, could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity−related securities in the future at a time and at a price that we might otherwise wish to effect sales and will cause dilution. Further, due to the size of our market capitalization, we are limited in our ability to raise capital under our shelf registration statement, which may force us to raise capital, if needed and not available under our shelf registration statement, to raise capital in private placements, which may not be on terms as favorable to us as those that we could obtain in a public offering under our shelf registration statement, which could cause further dilution.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has indicated that our recurring losses from operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, were prepared on the basis that our business would continue as a going concern in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty related to our ability to continue as a going concern. This basis of presentation assumes that we will continue in operation for the foreseeable future and will be able to realize our assets and discharge our liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. However, our independent registered public accounting firm has indicated in their audit report on our fiscal 2013 financial statements that our recurring losses from operations, among other factors, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We will be forced to delay or reduce the scope of our microcutter development program and/or limit or cease our operations if we are unable to raise substantial additional funding to meet our working capital needs. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain sufficient additional funding when needed or that such funding, if available, will be obtainable on terms satisfactory to us. In the event that these plans cannot be effectively realized, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue as a going concern.

Existing lenders may have rights to our assets that are senior to our stockholders.

      An existing debt arrangement with our current distributor and lender Century under which $4.0 million of principal is outstanding, as well as potential future arrangements with other lenders, allow or may allow these lenders to have priority over our stockholders to our assets, including our intellectual property should we be in default of our obligations to the lenders. The proceeds of any sale or liquidation of our assets under these circumstances would be applied first to any of our debt obligations . After satisfaction of our debt obligations, we could have little or no proceeds left to distribute to the holders of our capital stock.

23

Our quarterly operating results and stock price may fluctuate significantly. 

We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly fluctuations. The revenue we generate, if any, and our operating results will be affected by numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

● the extent to which we are able to raise additional capital in any equity or debt transaction;

● European market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, which we launched in the last quarter of calendar year 2012;

● Market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge in Japan if regulatory approval from the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge in Japan is obtained;

● Market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in the United States if 510(k) clearance from the FDA is obtained;

● the extent of our ongoing development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, including alterations and post-commercialization improvements based on early adopter experience with this newly commercial product;

● the extent of our ongoing research and development programs and related costs, including costs related to the continued development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and additional products in our planned microcutter product line;

● our ability to enter into additional license, development and/or collaboration agreements with respect to our technology, and the terms thereof;

● our level of revenues;

● costs associated with our sales and marketing initiatives and manufacturing activities;

● costs and timing of obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances and approvals for our products and potential additional products;

● securing, maintaining and enforcing intellectual property rights and the costs thereof; and

● the effects of competing technological and market developments.

Quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are dependent upon the success of our current products to generate revenue in the near term, and we have U.S. regulatory clearance for our C-Port and PAS-Port systems only. Sales of our C-Port and PAS-Port systems have not met the levels that we had anticipated and if we are unable to successfully commercialize our products, in particular, our microcutter product line, in the United States, our ability to generate revenue will be significantly delayed or halted, and our business will be harmed.

We have expended significant time, money and effort in the development of our microcutter product line and our current commercial products, the C-Port systems and the PAS-Port system. If we are not successful in increasing commercial adoption of our C-Port and PAS-Port systems, we may never generate substantial revenue, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected, and we may be forced to cease operations. We commenced sales of our C-Port xA system in December 2006 (after introduction of our original C-Port system in January 2006) and our C-Port Flex A in April 2007. We commenced U.S. sales of our PAS-Port system in September 2008. We have generated revenues almost exclusively from the sale of automated anastomotic systems, and have generated minimal revenues from the commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, as it was only introduced to the European market in December 2012. We cannot predict when, if ever, we will generate significant commercial revenue from the sale of these products or any other potential products in our anticipated microcutter product line.  We anticipate that our ability to increase our revenue significantly will depend on the continued adoption of our current PAS-Port and C-Port systems in the United States and EU market acceptance of our microcutter products.

We are dependent upon the commercial success of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe which, if not successful, could prevent us from successfully commercializing our other microcutter products.

We have expended significant time, money and effort in the development of our microcutter product line and, in particular, our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, and have only recently commercially launched the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe.  If we are not successful in achieving clinical adoption of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe, we may never generate substantial revenue from this product line, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected, and we may be forced to cease operations.  Although we generated our first commercial revenues from the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in December 2012, we expect that we will need to continue to make enhancements and improvements to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 as early adopters in Europe use the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30.  We anticipate that our ability to increase our revenue significantly will depend on the continued adoption of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe.  The success, if any, of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in the United States (if regulatory clearance is obtained), and our future microcutter products, may depend upon the commercial success of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe.   We cannot predict when, if ever, we will generate significant commercial revenue from the sale of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 or any other potential products in our anticipated microcutter product line.

24

We may not be successful in our efforts to expand our product portfolio, and our failure to do so could cause our business and prospects to suffer.

We completed the design verification for and applied the CE Mark to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, a cartridge-based microcutter device with a 5 millimeter shaft diameter and a 30 millimeter staple line, and the MicroCutter XPRESS 30, a true multi-fire endolinear microcutter device intended for use by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons. We have suspended development of other potential products in our planned microcutter product line other than the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 until the development and commercialization of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 have been completed. Significant additional research and development and financial resources will be required to continue the development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and other products in this planned product line into commercially viable products and to obtain necessary regulatory clearances to commercialize the devices. We cannot assure you that our development efforts will be successful or that they will be completed within our publicly stated anticipated timelines, and we may never be successful in developing a viable product for the markets intended to be addressed by the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 or other potential microcutter products. Further, even if we do successfully develop any of these microcutter products, we may not be successful in commercializing them for any number of reasons, including failure or delays in obtaining regulatory clearances, or if surgeons do not perceive the benefits of these products to be significantly greater than current established products. We may also face additional competition from generic microcutter products similar to currently commercially available products following expiration of patents on our competitors’ products, which we believe will begin in calendar 2013, which could create greater price competition and decrease the revenue potential of our microcutter products. Our failure to successfully develop the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and/or other microcutter products would have a material adverse effect on our business, growth prospects and ability to raise additional capital.

Our products may never gain any significant degree of market acceptance, and a lack of market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

To date, our anastomoses products have not gained, and we cannot assure you that our anastomoses products or any other products that we may develop will gain, any significant degree of market acceptance among physicians or patients. We believe that recommendations by physicians will be essential for market acceptance of our products. However, we cannot assure you that significant recommendations will be obtained. Physicians will not recommend our products unless they conclude, based on clinical data and other factors, that the products represent a safe and acceptable alternative to other available options. In particular, physicians may elect not to recommend using our anastomoses products in surgical procedures until such time, if ever, as we successfully demonstrate with long-term data that our products result in patency rates comparable to or better than those achieved with hand-sewn anastomoses, and we resolve any technical limitations that may arise. Further, if physicians have negative experiences with our anastomosis products in surgical procedures, whether due to the fault of our anastomosis products or the physician, the adoption of these products could be negatively impacted.

Assuming that we receive FDA clearance for one or more of our microcutter products, a number of factors will influence our ability to gain clinical adoption. In many surgical specialties, the use of laparoscopic and open surgical stapling devices is routine in clinical practice and an accepted standard of care. Two large companies, Johnson & Johnson and Covidien, dominate the market for surgical stapling devices. For our products to be clinically adopted, they must show benefits that are significant enough for surgeons to communicate their preference and to overcome any constraints on their hospitals’ ability to purchase competing products, such as purchasing contracts, to buy one of our stapling products to replace a competing device. In addition to this obstacle, our microcutter products must demonstrate the degree of reliability that surgeons have experienced with products that they have been using for years. Market acceptance of our products also depends on our ability to demonstrate consistent quality and safety of our products. Further, if physicians are not able to use our microcutter products properly, or use them on tissue thicknesses for which they are not designed, adoption of our microcutter products may be negatively impacted. Our human clinical data with respect to the use of any microcutter products that we may commercialize is likely to negatively impact the rate and extent of clinical adoption of the products. Any future recalls may impact physicians’ and hospitals’ perception of our products. Further, we will need to demonstrate the cost-effectiveness of our products, including against any generic microcutter products similar to currently commercially available products following expiration of patents on our competitors’ products, which we believe will begin in calendar 2013.

25

Our products require training to use, and if physicians are not willing to undergo that training, or if they undergo the training but do not use our products properly, or for other reasons, our products may not gain any significant degree of market acceptance, and a lack of market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Widespread use of our products will require the training of numerous physicians, and the time required to complete training could result in a delay or dampening of market acceptance. Even if the safety and efficacy of our products is established, physicians may use our products improperly due to unfamiliarity with the products, or may use the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 on tissues with thicknesses greater than the specifications for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. If this were to happen, the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 may not function as desired for the physicians and could be reported as a problem with the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 rather than the physicians using it improperly, which could damage the reputation of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 and cause other physicians to consider the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to be not a safe product. Further, physicians may elect not to use our products for a number of other reasons beyond our control, including inadequate or no reimbursement from health care payors, physicians’ reluctance to use products that have not been proven through time in the market, the introduction of competing devices by our competitors and pricing for our products. Failure of our products to achieve any significant market acceptance would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent the commercial success of our products.

The pricing and reimbursement environment may change in the future and become more challenging as a result of any of one several possible regulatory developments, including policies advanced by the United States government, new healthcare legislation or fiscal challenges faced by government health administration authorities. The U.S. government has shown significant interest in pursuing healthcare “reform” and reducing healthcare costs. For example, aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, were implemented starting in 2013. Any government-adopted reform measures that decreases the amount of reimbursement available from governmental and other third-party payers, and could potentially adversely affect our business.

Our PAS-Port and C-Port systems, our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, and future products may face future development and regulatory difficulties and limitations on use.

Even though the current generations of the C-Port and PAS-Port systems have received U.S. regulatory clearance, the FDA may still impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses or marketing of these products or ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-clearance studies. The FDA permits commercial distribution of most new medical devices only after the device has received 510(k) clearance or is the subject of an approved PMA.  Any of our future products, including the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 and planned products in our microcutter product line and any future generations of the C-Port and PAS-Port systems, may not obtain regulatory clearances required for marketing or may face these types of restrictions or requirements, particularly as the FDA is considering revising its 510(k) clearance system to, in certain cases, require human clinical data and to prohibit the combination of multiple predicate devices as the basis for a 510(k).  

We were advised by the FDA that it will require clinical data related to the staple design as part of a 510(k) submission for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 and our other planned products.  We began enrollment in the clinical trial with the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe in July 2012, and completed enrollment of 160 patients in May 2013. We submitted a 510(k) with clinical data for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. It is possible that the FDA will require data from a larger or different group of patients than the patients that we had enrolled in our clinical trial, or will reject the choice of design and controls used in our clinical trial. Additionally, it is possible that the FDA could take the position that the use of surgical staplers in a foreign country represent a standard of care that is not consistent with use in the U.S. and thus the results of the trial are not relevant to our submission.

The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. We rely substantially on the premarket notification process for FDA clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.  This provision allows many medical devices to avoid human clinical trials if the product is “substantially equivalent” to another device already on the market.  Premarket notification requires a new device to be compared for safety, effectiveness and technological characteristics to another device (or multiple devices) already on the market.  A successful 510(k) submission results in FDA clearance for commercialization.  An IOM panel recommended that this 510(k) process be significantly revised to be more restrictive.  While the IOM report is non-binding, we do not know if or when the FDA will act on this recommendation.  If we can no longer use the 510(k) pathway in the future, we may be required to perform clinical trials for our new products in order to obtain clearance or approval for commercialization.  If so, our development costs will increase substantially, and the likelihood of approval for some of our products may be reduced.  The PMA approval process is more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and requires the development and submission of clinical studies supporting the safety and effectiveness of the device. Product modifications may also require the submission of a new 510(k) clearance or the approval of a PMA before the modified product can be marketed. Any products or product enhancements that we develop that require regulatory clearance or approval, including the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, may not be cleared or approved on the timelines that we currently anticipate, if approved at all. Any new products or any product enhancements that we develop may not be subject to the shorter 510(k) clearance process, but may instead be subject to the more lengthy PMA requirements. Additionally, even if 510(k) or other regulatory clearance is granted for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 or any other potential product, the approved indications for use may be limited, and the FDA may require additional animal or human clinical data prior to any potential approval of additional indications. In particular, we anticipate that if 510(k) clearance is granted for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, the initially approved indications for use would be limited to only certain gastrointestinal surgical procedures due to our focus initially on one staple size, which will limit the use of our microcutter products for use only with certain tissue thicknesses, and that the FDA would require additional data prior to any potential approval for additional surgical procedures.

26

The EU requires that manufacturers of medical products obtain the right to affix the CE Mark to their products before selling them in member countries of the EU. We have received CE Mark certification for the two initial microcutter surgical cutting and stapling devices that we have developed, the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 and the MicroCutter XPRESS 30. To maintain authorization to apply the CE Mark to future devices within the microcutter product line, we are subject to annual surveillance audits and periodic re-certification audits. If we modify the intended use of new products (relative to predicate products) or change the indication for use or develop new products in the future, we may need to apply for permission to affix the CE Mark to such products. We do not know whether we will be able to obtain permission to affix the CE Mark to new or modified products or whether we will continue to meet the quality and safety standards required to maintain the authorization that we have received. If we are unable to maintain authorization to affix the CE Mark to microcutter products, we will not be able to sell these products in member countries of the EU, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Regulatory agencies subject a product, its manufacturer and the manufacturer’s facilities to continual review, regulation and periodic inspections. If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, our collaborators or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. Our products will also be subject to ongoing FDA requirements for the labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information on the product. If our products fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may impose any of the following sanctions:

● warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

● customer notifications, repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;

● operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

● delay in processing marketing applications for new products or modifications to existing products;

● withdrawing approvals that have already been granted; and

● criminal prosecution.

To market any products internationally, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy. Approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries might differ from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval. The regulatory approval process in other countries may include all of the risks detailed above regarding FDA clearance or approval. Regulatory approval in one country does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may negatively impact the regulatory process in others. Failure to obtain regulatory approval in other countries or any delay or setback in obtaining such approval could have the same adverse effects detailed above regarding FDA clearance or approval, including the risk that our products may not be approved for use under all of the circumstances requested, which could limit the uses of our products and adversely impact potential product sales, and that such clearance or approval may require costly, post-marketing follow-up studies. If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

We may be subject to fines, penalties or injunctions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or “off-label” uses.

In relation to our products that have received FDA clearance or approval, our promotional materials and training methods regarding physicians need to comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an unapproved use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and/or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of our products would be impaired.

27

If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

From time to time, we may estimate and publicly announce the timing anticipated for the accomplishment of various clinical, regulatory and other product development goals, which we sometimes refer to as milestones. These milestones may include submissions for and receipt of clearances or approvals from regulatory authorities, other clinical and regulatory events or the launch of new products. These estimates are based on a variety of assumptions. The actual timing of these milestones can vary dramatically compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control. If we do not meet milestones as publicly announced, the commercialization of our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

Our manufacturing facilities, and those of our suppliers, must comply with applicable regulatory requirements. Failure of our manufacturing facilities to comply with quality requirements would harm our business and our results of operations.

Our manufacturing facilities and processes are subject to periodic inspections and audits by various federal, state and foreign regulatory agencies. For example, our facilities have been inspected by State of California regulatory authorities pursuant to granting a California Device Manufacturing License and by the FDA. Additionally, to market products in Europe, we are required to maintain International Standards Organization, or ISO, 13485:2003 certification and are subject to periodic surveillance audits. We are currently ISO 13485:2003 certified; however, our failure to maintain necessary regulatory compliance and permits for our manufacturing facilities could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products.

Additionally, our manufacturing processes and, in some cases, those of our suppliers, are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of our products, including the PAS-Port and C-Port systems and the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses. In addition, we must engage in extensive record keeping and reporting and must make available our manufacturing facilities and records for periodic inspections by governmental agencies, including the FDA, state authorities and comparable agencies in other countries. If we are given notice of significant violations in a QSR inspection, our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing interrupted. Failure to take adequate corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection could result in, among other things, a shut-down of our manufacturing operations, significant fines, suspension of product distribution or other operating restrictions, seizures or recalls of our devices and criminal prosecutions, any of which would cause our business to suffer. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, which may result in manufacturing delays for our products and cause our revenue to decline.

We may also be required to recall our products due to manufacturing supply defects. If we issue recalls of our products in the future, our revenue and business could be harmed.

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into and maintain arrangements with third parties to market and sell our products, our business may be harmed.

We have limited experience as a company in the sale, marketing and distribution of our products. Century is responsible for marketing and commercialization of cardiac and microcutter products in Japan. To promote our current and future products in the United States and Europe, we must develop our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services. Competition for qualified sales personnel is intense. Developing a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. We may be unable to establish and manage an effective sales force in a timely or cost-effective manner, if at all, and any sales force we do establish may not be capable of generating sufficient demand for our products. We have entered into arrangements with third parties to perform sales and marketing services, which may result in lower product sales than if we directly marketed and sold our products. We expect to rely on third-party distributors for substantially all of our international sales. If we are unable to establish adequate sales and marketing capabilities, independently or with others, we may not be able to generate significant revenue and may not become profitable. For our microcutter products, we will have to compete for sales and acceptance of our products against two large companies, Johnson & Johnson and Covidien, with large sales forces and dominant market positions.

Lack of third-party coverage and reimbursement for our products could delay or limit their adoption.

We may experience limited sales growth resulting from limitations on reimbursements made to purchasers of our products by third-party payors, and we cannot assure you that our sales will not be impeded and our business harmed if third-party payors fail to provide reimbursement that hospitals view as adequate.

28

In the United States, our products are and will continue to be purchased primarily by medical institutions, which then bill various third-party payors, such as CMS which administer the Medicare program, and other government programs and private insurance plans, for the health care services provided to their patients. The process involved in applying for coverage and incremental reimbursement from CMS is lengthy and expensive. Under current CMS reimbursement policies, CMS offers a process to obtain add-on payment for a new medical technology when the existing Diagnosis-Related Group, or DRG, prospective payment rate is inadequate. To obtain add-on payment, a technology must be considered “new,” demonstrate substantial improvement in care and exceed certain payment thresholds. Add-on payments are made for no less than two years and no more than three years. We must demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of our technology to the FDA in addition to CMS requirements before add-on payments can be made. Further, Medicare coverage is based on our ability to demonstrate the treatment is “reasonable and necessary” for Medicare beneficiaries. In November 2006, CMS denied our request for an add-on payment with respect to our C-Port systems. According to CMS, we met the “new” criteria and exceeded the payment threshold but did not in their view demonstrate substantial improvement in care. Even if our products receive FDA and other regulatory clearance or approval, they may not be granted coverage and reimbursement in the foreseeable future, if at all. Moreover, many private payors look to CMS in setting their reimbursement policies and amounts. If CMS or other agencies limit coverage or decrease or limit reimbursement payments for doctors and hospitals, this may affect coverage and reimbursement determinations by many private payors.

We cannot assure you that CMS will provide coverage and reimbursement for our products. If a medical device does not receive incremental reimbursement from CMS, then a medical institution would have to absorb the cost of our products as part of the cost of the procedure in which the products are used. Acute care hospitals are now generally reimbursed by CMS for inpatient operating costs under a Medicare hospital inpatient prospective payment system. Under the Medicare hospital inpatient prospective payment system, acute care hospitals receive a fixed payment amount for each covered hospitalized patient based upon the DRG to which the inpatient stay is assigned, regardless of the actual cost of the services provided. At this time, we do not know the extent to which medical institutions would consider insurers’ payment levels adequate to cover the cost of our products. Failure by hospitals and physicians to receive an amount that they consider to be adequate reimbursement for procedures in which our products are used could deter them from purchasing our products and limit our revenue growth. In addition, pre-determined DRG payments may decline over time, which could deter medical institutions from purchasing our products. If medical institutions are unable to justify the costs of our products, they may refuse to purchase them, which would significantly harm our business.

We have limited data regarding the safety and efficacy of our microcutter products. Any data that is generated in the future may not be positive or consistent with our existing data, which would affect market acceptance and the rate at which our devices are adopted.

The success of our microcutter products depends on their acceptance by the surgical community as safe and effective. Even if the data collected from future clinical studies or clinical experience indicates positive results, each surgeon’s actual experience with our devices outside the clinical study setting may vary. Clinical studies conducted with our initial microcutter products may involve procedures performed by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons who are technically proficient, high-volume surgeons. Consequently, both short- and long-term results reported in these studies may be significantly more favorable than typical results of practicing surgeons, which could negatively impact rates of adoption of the microcutter if launched. In addition, any adverse experiences of surgeons using themicrocutter products, or adverse outcomes to patients, may deter surgeons from using our products and negatively impact product adoption.

As a condition of its U.S market clearance, the C-Port system is subject to a mandatory Post Market Surveillance order under Section 522 of the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (which we refer to as the 522 order) to demonstrate graft patency outcomes and technical failure rate in a clinical study. Should the FDA decide that the C-Port system does not perform as anticipated, or if the FDA identifies new concerns related to the safety and effectiveness of the product, or if the FDA determines that the requirements of the 522 order are otherwise unmet, we may be required to withdraw the C-Port system from the market and may be subject to other enforcement action, which could harm our business.

Our C-Port and PAS-Port systems were designed for use with venous grafts. In addition, we have studied the use of the C-Port systems with venous grafts and arterial grafts. Using the C-Port systems with arterial grafts may not yield patency rates or material adverse cardiac event rates comparable to those found in our clinical trials using venous grafts, which could negatively affect market acceptance of our C-Port systems. In addition, the clips and staples deployed by our products are made of 316L medical-grade stainless steel, to which some patients are allergic. These allergies, especially if not previously diagnosed or unknown, may result in adverse reactions that negatively affect the patency of the anastomoses or the healing of the implants and may therefore adversely affect outcomes, particularly when compared to anastomoses performed with other materials, such as sutures. Additionally, in the event a surgeon, during the course of surgery, determines that it is necessary to convert to a hand-sewn anastomosis and to remove an anastomosis created by one of our products, the removal of the implants may result in more damage to the target vessel (such as the aorta or coronary artery) than would typically be encountered during removal of a hand-sewn anastomosis. Moreover, the removal may damage the target vessel to an extent that could further complicate construction of a replacement hand-sewn or automated anastomosis, which could be detrimental to patient outcome. These or other issues, if experienced, could limit physician adoption of our products.

29

Even if the data collected from future clinical studies or clinical experience indicates positive results, each physician’s actual experience with our devices outside the clinical study setting may vary. Clinical studies conducted with the C-Port and PAS-Port systems have involved procedures performed by physicians who are technically proficient, high-volume users of the C-Port and PAS-Port systems. Consequently, both short- and long-term results reported in these studies may be significantly more favorable than typical results of practicing physicians, which could negatively impact rates of adoption of the C-Port and PAS-Port systems.

Any clinical trials that we may conduct may not begin on time, or at all, and may not be completed on schedule, or at all.

The commencement or completion of any clinical trials that we may conduct may be delayed or halted for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

● the FDA or other regulatory authorities suspend or place on hold a clinical trial, or do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial;

● the data and safety monitoring committee of a clinical trial recommends that a trial be placed on hold or suspended;

● patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate we expect;

● patients are not followed-up at the rate we expect;

● clinical trial sites decide not to participate or cease participation in a clinical trial;

● patients experience adverse side effects or events related to our products;

● patients die or suffer adverse medical effects during a clinical trial for a variety of reasons, which may not be related to our product candidates, including the advanced stage of their disease and other medical problems;

● third-party clinical investigators do not perform our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol and good clinical practices, or other third-party organizations do not perform data collection and analysis in a timely or accurate manner;

● regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials if investigators find us not to be in compliance with regulatory requirements;

● third-party suppliers fail to provide us with critical components that conform to design and performance specifications;

● the failure of our manufacturing processes to produce finished products that conform to design and performance specifications;

● changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;

● the interim results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or negative;

● pre-clinical or clinical data is interpreted by third parties in different ways; or

● our trial design, although approved, is inadequate to demonstrate safety and/or efficacy.

We were advised by the FDA, that the FDA will require clinical data related to the staple design as part of a 510(k) submission for the products in our planned microcutter product line.  We submitted a 510(k) with clinical data for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. While we cannot predict when or if the FDA will clear our 510(k) submission for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 or what the scope of that clearance will cover, we anticipate that the earliest that any such clearance could be obtained would be in the first half of calendar 2014. Any delays in our ability to obtain 510(k) clearance of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 beyond our current expectations could materially harm our ability to generate additional revenue and our business as a whole.

30

Clinical trials sometimes experience delays related to outcomes experienced during the course of the trials, which may result in a material delay in the trial and could lead to more significant delays or other effects in future trials. For example, we suspended our clinical trial of the MicroCutter XPRESS 30 in Europe because the MicroCutter XPRESS 30 did not perform satisfactorily in a small number of deployments in tissue thicknesses that could be considered the upper range typically compatible with the size of the staple used in the procedures. We resumed the trial in July 2012 using the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 and have since completed the trial and submitted the results to the FDA for product clearance. Clinical trials may require the enrollment of large numbers of patients, and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit. Patient enrollment in clinical trials and completion of patient follow-up in clinical trials depend on many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites and the eligibility criteria for the study and patient compliance. For example, patients may be discouraged from enrolling in our clinical trials if the trial protocol requires them to undergo extensive post-treatment procedures to assess the safety and effectiveness of our product candidates, or they may be persuaded to participate in contemporaneous trials of competitive products. Delays in patient enrollment or failure of patients to continue to participate in a study may cause an increase in costs and delays or result in the failure of the trial.

Our clinical trial costs will increase if we have material delays in our clinical trials or if we need to perform more or larger clinical trials than planned. Adverse events during a clinical trial could cause us to repeat a trial, terminate a trial or cancel an entire program.

If the third parties on whom we rely to conduct our clinical trials do not perform as contractually required or expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct clinical trials for our product candidates, and we must rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories, to conduct our clinical trials. In addition, we rely on third parties to assist with our pre-clinical development of product candidates. Furthermore, our third-party clinical trial investigators may be delayed in conducting our clinical trials for reasons outside of their control, such as changes in regulations, delays in enrollment, and the like. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, if these third parties need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, any clinical trials that we may conduct may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates on a timely basis, if at all.

Because one customer accounts for a substantial portion of our product sales, the loss of this significant customer would cause a substantial decline in our revenue.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from sales to Century, our distributor in Japan. The loss of Century as a customer would cause a decrease in revenue and, consequently, an increase in net loss. For fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, sales to Century accounted for approximately 33% and 32%, respectively, of our total product sales. We expect that Century will continue to account for a substantial portion of our sales in the near term. As a result, if we lose Century as a customer, our revenue and net loss would be adversely affected. In addition, customers that have accounted for significant revenue in the past may not generate revenue in any future period. The failure to obtain new significant customers or additional orders from existing customers will materially affect our operating results.

If our competitors have products that are approved in advance of ours, marketed more effectively or demonstrated to be safer or more effective than ours, our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated and our business will be harmed.

Although we have commercially launched the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Europe, we have generated minimal revenues from this launch through June 30, 2013. The MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and other planned products in the microcutter product line, if they receive regulatory clearance and are successfully launched, would compete in the market for stapling and cutting devices against laparoscopic stapling and sealing devices currently marketed around the world. We believe the principal competitive factors in the market for laparoscopic staplers include:

● reduced product size;

● ease of use;

● product quality and reliability;

● multi-fire capability;

31

● device cost-effectiveness;

● degree of articulation;

● surgeon relationships; and

● sales and marketing capabilities.

Two large competitors, Ethicon Endo-Surgery, part of Johnson & Johnson, and Covidien currently control over 80% of this market. Other large competitors in the laparoscopic device market include Stryker Endoscopy and Olympus, which acquired another competitor, Gyrus Medical. Ethicon Endo-Surgery and Covidien, which acquired a small competitor, Power Medical, each have large direct sales forces in the United States and have been the largest participants in the market for single use disposable laparoscopic stapling devices for many years. Competing against large established competitors with significant resources may make establishing a market for any products that we develop difficult which would have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, we may also face additional competition from generic surgical stapling products similar to currently commercially available products following expiration of patents on our competitors’ products, which we believe will begin in 2013.

The market for anastomotic solutions and cardiac bypass products is competitive. Competitors include a variety of public and private companies that currently offer or are developing cardiac surgery products generally and automated anastomotic systems specifically that would compete directly with ours.

We believe that the primary competitive factors in the market for medical devices used in the treatment of coronary artery disease include:

● improved patient outcomes;

● access to and acceptance by leading physicians;

● product quality and reliability;

● ease of use;

● device cost-effectiveness;

● training and support;

● novelty;

● physician relationships; and

● sales and marketing capabilities.

We may be unable to compete successfully on the basis of any one or more of these factors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A number of different technologies exist or are under development for performing anastomoses, including sutures, mechanical anastomotic devices, suture-based anastomotic devices and shunting devices. Currently, substantially all anastomoses are performed with sutures and, for the foreseeable future we believe that sutures will continue to be the principal alternative to our anastomotic products. Sutures are far less expensive than our automated anastomotic products, and other anastomotic devices may be less expensive than our own. Surgeons, who have been using sutures for their entire careers, may be reluctant to consider alternative technologies, despite potential advantages. Any resistance to change among practitioners could delay or hinder market acceptance of our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Cardiovascular diseases may also be treated by other methods that do not require anastomoses, including, interventional techniques such as balloon angioplasty with or without the use of stents, pharmaceuticals, atherectomy catheters and lasers. Several of these alternative treatments are widely accepted in the medical community and have a long history of use. In addition, technological advances with other therapies for cardiovascular disease, such as drugs, or future innovations in cardiac surgery techniques could make other methods of treating these diseases more effective or lower cost than bypass procedures. For example, the number of bypass procedures in the United States and other major markets has declined in recent years and is expected to decline in the years ahead because competing treatments are, in many cases, far less invasive and provide acceptable clinical outcomes. Many companies working on treatments that do not require anastomoses may have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, distribution and technical resources and experience than we have. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, pre-clinical testing, clinical trials, obtaining regulatory clearance or approval and marketing approved products than we do. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Our competitors may succeed in developing technologies and therapies that are more effective, better tolerated or less costly than any that we are developing or that would render our product candidates obsolete and noncompetitive. Our competitors may succeed in obtaining clearance or approval from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for their products sooner than we do for ours. We will also face competition from these third parties in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient enrollment for clinical trials and in acquiring and in-licensing technologies and products complementary to our programs or advantageous to our business.

32

We are dependent upon a number of key suppliers, including single source suppliers, the loss of which would materially harm our business.

We use or rely upon sole source suppliers for certain components and services used in manufacturing our products, and we utilize materials and components supplied by third parties with which we do not have any long-term contracts. In recent years, many suppliers have ceased supplying materials for use in implantable medical devices. We cannot assure you that materials required by us will not be restricted or that we will be able to obtain sufficient quantities of such materials or services in the future. Moreover, the continued use by us of materials manufactured by third parties could subject us to liability exposure. Because we do not have long-term contracts, none of our suppliers is required to provide us with any guaranteed minimum production levels.

We cannot quickly replace suppliers or establish additional new suppliers for some of our components, particularly due to both the complex nature of the manufacturing process used by our suppliers and the time and effort that may be required to obtain FDA clearance or approval or other regulatory approval to use materials from alternative suppliers. Any significant supply interruption or capacity constraints affecting our facilities or those of our suppliers would have a material adverse effect on our ability to manufacture our products and, therefore, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have limited manufacturing experience and may encounter difficulties in increasing production to provide an adequate supply to customers.

To date, our manufacturing activities have consisted primarily of producing moderate quantities of our products for use in clinical studies and for commercial sales in Japan, Europe and the United States. Production in increased commercial quantities will require us to expand our manufacturing capabilities and to hire and train additional personnel. We may encounter difficulties in increasing our manufacturing capacity and in manufacturing larger commercial quantities, including:

● maintaining product yields;

● maintaining quality control and assurance;

● providing component and service availability;

● maintaining adequate control policies and procedures; and

● hiring and retaining qualified personnel.

Difficulties encountered in increasing our manufacturing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The manufacture of our products is a complex and costly operation involving a number of separate processes and components. Any shipment delays could harm perception of our products and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

In addition, the current unit costs for our products, based on limited manufacturing volumes, are very high, and it will be necessary to achieve economies of scale to become profitable. Certain of our manufacturing processes are labor intensive, and achieving significant cost reductions will depend in part upon reducing the time required to complete these processes. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve cost reductions in the manufacture of our products and, without these cost reductions, our business may never achieve profitability.

We have considered, and will continue to consider as appropriate, manufacturing in-house certain components currently provided by third parties, as well as implementing new production processes. Manufacturing yields or costs may be adversely affected by the transition to in-house production or to new production processes, when and if these efforts are undertaken, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

33

If we fail to retain key personnel, or to retain our executive management team, we may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize our products.

Our business and future operating results depend significantly on the continued contributions of our key technical personnel and senior management, including those of our co-founder, CEO and President, Bernard Hausen, M.D., Ph.D. Dr. Hausen speaks German, has many relationships valuable to our company with physicians in Europe, and is the primary contact for our company with many of the physicians using our microcutter products in Europe. These services and individuals would be difficult or impossible to replace and none of these individuals is subject to a post-employment non-competition agreement. While we are subject to certain severance obligations to Dr. Hausen, either he or we may terminate his employment at any time and for any lawful reason or for no reason. Additionally, although we have key-person life insurance in the amount of $3.0 million on the life of Dr. Hausen, we cannot assure you that this amount would fully compensate us for the loss of Dr. Hausen’s services. The loss of key employees, the failure of any key employee to perform or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees, as needed, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of June 30, 2013, we had 63 employees. Our business and future operating results depend significantly on our ability to attract and retain qualified management, manufacturing, technical, marketing, sales and support personnel for our operations. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting or retaining such personnel. We will need to maintain an appropriate level of managerial, operational, financial and other resources to manage and fund our operations and clinical trials, continue our research and development activities and commercialize our products, and we expect our past reductions in force will impair our ability to maintain or increase our product sales. It is possible that our management and scientific personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to maintain future operating activities, and we may be required to effect additional reductions in force.

We may in the future be a party to patent litigation and administrative proceedings that could be costly and could interfere with our ability to sell our products.

The medical device industry has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. We may become a party to patent infringement claims and litigation or interference proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to determine the priority of inventions. The defense and prosecution of these matters are both costly and time consuming. Additionally, we may need to commence proceedings against others to enforce our patents, to protect our trade secrets or know-how or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. These proceedings would result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel.

We are aware of patents issued to third parties that contain subject matter related to our technology. We cannot assure you that these or other third parties will not assert that our products and systems infringe the claims in their patents or seek to expand their patent claims to cover aspects of our products and systems. An adverse determination in litigation or interference proceedings to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liabilities or require us to seek licenses. In addition, if we are found to willfully infringe third-party patents, we could be required to pay treble damages in addition to other penalties. Although patent and intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may be required to redesign our products to avoid infringement, and it may not be possible to do so effectively. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling the C-Port or PAS-Port systems or any other product we may develop, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business.

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection, which may permit third parties to compete against us more effectively.

We rely upon patents, trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements to protect our technology and products. Our pending patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Any patents we have obtained or will obtain in the future might be invalidated or circumvented by third parties. If any challenges are successful, competitors might be able to market products and use manufacturing processes that are substantially similar to ours. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants, vendors or former or current employees, despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized use and disclosure of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent that our intellectual property protection is inadequate, we are exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. In addition, competitors could purchase any of our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts or design around our protected technology. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

34

We also rely upon trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We require our employees, consultants and advisors to execute appropriate confidentiality and assignment-of-inventions agreements with us. These agreements typically provide that all materials and confidential information developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances and that all inventions arising out of the individual’s relationship with us shall be our exclusive property. These agreements may be breached, and in some instances, we may not have an appropriate remedy available for breach of the agreements. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques, reverse engineer our information and techniques, or otherwise gain access to our proprietary technology.

Our products face the risk of technological obsolescence, which, if realized, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The medical device industry is characterized by rapid and significant technological change. There can be no assurance that third parties will not succeed in developing or marketing technologies and products that are more effective than ours or that would render our technology and products obsolete or noncompetitive. Additionally, new, less invasive surgical procedures and medications could be developed that replace or reduce the importance of current procedures that use or could use our products. Accordingly, our success will depend in part upon our ability to respond quickly to medical and technological changes through the development and introduction of new products. The relative speed with which we can develop products, complete clinical testing and regulatory clearance or approval processes, train physicians in the use of our products, and supply commercial quantities of products to the market are expected to be important competitive factors. Product development involves a high degree of risk, and we cannot assure you that our new product development efforts will result in any commercially successful products. We have experienced delays in completing the development and commercialization of our planned products, and there can be no assurance that these delays will not continue or recur in the future. Any delays could result in a loss of market acceptance and market share.

We are subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, marketing expenditure tracking and disclosure (or “sunshine”) laws, health information privacy and security laws, and consumer protection laws. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Our operations may be directly, or indirectly, subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with physicians, including consulting arrangements, as well as proposed sales, marketing and educational activities. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy regulation by the federal government and by the US states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

● the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase or recommendation of an item or service for which payment may be made under a federal health care program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

● federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third party payers that are false or fraudulent;

● federal criminal statutes created under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

● HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

● state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third party payer, including commercial insurers, and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts;

35

● the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, a U.S. law which regulates certain financial relationships with foreign government officials (which could include, for example, certain medical professionals); and

● federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers.

● state and federal marketing expenditure tracking and reporting laws, which generally require certain types of expenditures in the United States to be tracked and reported (compliance with such requirements may require investment in infrastructure to ensure that tracking is performed properly, and some of these laws result in the public disclosure of various types of payments and relationships, which could potentially have a negative effect on our business and/or increase enforcement scrutiny of our activities).

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs, and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

We could be exposed to significant product liability claims, which could be time consuming and costly to defend, divert management attention, and adversely impact our ability to obtain and maintain insurance coverage. The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for our company or our customers could adversely affect our ability to sell our products, which would adversely affect our business.

The testing, manufacture, marketing, and sale of our products involve an inherent risk that product liability claims will be asserted against us. Additionally, we are currently training physicians in the United States on the use of our C-Port and PAS-Port systems and in Europe for the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30. During training, patients may be harmed, which could also lead to product liability claims. Product liability claims or other claims related to our products, or their off-label use, regardless of their merits or outcomes, could harm our reputation in the industry, reduce our product sales, lead to significant legal fees, and result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.

Although we maintain product liability insurance in the amount of $10,000,000, we may not have sufficient insurance coverage to fully cover the costs of any claim or any ultimate damages we might be required to pay. We may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage. Product liability claims in excess of our insurance coverage would be paid out of cash reserves, harming our financial condition and adversely affecting our operating results.

Some of our customers and prospective customers may have difficulty in procuring or maintaining liability insurance to cover their operations and use of the C-Port or PAS-Port systems or the microcutter product line. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using the C-Port or PAS-Port systems and potential customers may opt against purchasing the C-Port or PAS-Port systems due to the cost or inability to procure insurance coverage.

We sell our systems internationally and are subject to various risks relating to these international activities, which could adversely affect our revenue.

To date, a substantial portion of our product sales has been attributable to sales in international markets. By doing business in international markets, we are exposed to risks separate and distinct from those we face in our domestic operations. Our international business may be adversely affected by changing economic conditions in foreign countries. Because most of our sales are currently denominated in U.S. dollars, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies, our products could become more costly to the international customer and, therefore, less competitive in international markets, which could affect our results of operations. Engaging in international business inherently involves a number of other difficulties and risks, including:

● export restrictions and controls relating to technology;

● the availability and level of reimbursement within prevailing foreign healthcare payment systems;

● pricing pressure that we may experience internationally;

● required compliance with existing and changing foreign regulatory requirements and laws;

36

● laws and business practices favoring local companies;

● longer payment cycles;

● difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

● political and economic instability;

● potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs and other trade barriers;

● international terrorism and anti-American sentiment;

● difficulties and costs of staffing and managing any foreign operations; and

● difficulties in enforcing intellectual property rights.

Our exposure to each of these risks may increase our costs, impair our ability to market and sell our products and require significant management attention. We cannot assure you that one or more of these factors will not harm our business.

Our operations are currently conducted at a single location that may be at risk from earthquakes, terror attacks or other disasters.

We currently conduct all of our manufacturing, development and management activities at a single location in Redwood City, California, near known earthquake fault zones. We have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, including insurance, health and safety protocols, and off-site storage of computer data. However, any future natural disaster, such as an earthquake, or a terrorist attack, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage or destroy our equipment or inventory and cause us to incur additional expenses. A disaster could seriously harm our business and results of operations. Our insurance does not cover earthquakes and floods and may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case.

If we use hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury, we may be liable for damages.

Our research and development and manufacturing activities involve the use of hazardous materials. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. We do not carry specific hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property and casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from hazardous waste exposure or contamination. Accordingly, in the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory clearances or approvals could be suspended or terminated.

Changes in tax structures may negatively impact our financial results and industry in general, which could harm our business and the value of our stock.

Effective January 1^st, 2013, U.S. health care law reforms under the 2010 Affordable Health Care Act imposed a new 2.3% excise tax on certain medical technology companies regardless of whether the companies are profitable. Industry advocates anticipate the new tax will negatively impact innovation and U.S. competitiveness. The tax may already be having an adverse impact on U.S. medical device research and development investment activity and job creation, and may force affected companies to consider cutting manufacturing operations, research and development, and employment levels. These new taxes may also adversely impact patient access to new and innovative medical technologies such as those we manufacture and develop. If any of these risks materializes, then our business may be harmed and the value of our common stock could decline.We cannot assure you that the Affordable Care Act, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely affect our business and financial results, and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may continue to be volatile, and the value of an investment in our common stock may decline.

An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained. Factors that could cause volatility in the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to:

● completion of development and commercial launch of our microcutter products, and the timing thereof;

37

● perceptions that we may not be able to raise capital as needed, or that investors will be substantially diluted if we do raise capital;

● market acceptance and adoption of our products;

● regulatory clearance or approvals of or other regulatory developments with respect to our products;

● volume and timing of orders for our products;

● changes in earnings estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ earning estimates;

● quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

● general market conditions and other factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors;

● the announcement of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

● announcements related to patents issued to us or our competitors and to litigation; and

● developments in our industry.

In addition, the stock prices of many companies in the medical device industry have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These factors may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The ownership of our common stock is highly concentrated, and your interests may conflict with the interests of our existing stockholders.

Our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, together with other stockholders that own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, beneficially owned approximately 19% of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2013. Accordingly, these stockholders have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval and continue to have significant influence over our operations. The interests of these stockholders may be different than the interests of other stockholders on these matters. This concentration of ownership could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock.

Evolving regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure will result in additional expenses and continuing uncertainty.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new Securities and Exchange Commission regulations and The NASDAQ Stock Market rules are creating uncertainty for public companies. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional compliance costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by courts and regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Maintaining appropriate standards of corporate governance and public disclosure will result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from product-generating and revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In addition, if we fail to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business and reputation may be harmed.

38

Our future operating results may be below securities analysts’ or investors’ expectations, which could cause our stock price to decline.

The revenue and income potential of our products and our business model are unproven, and we may be unable to generate significant revenue or grow at the rate expected by securities analysts or investors. In addition, our costs may be higher than we, securities analysts or investors expect. If we fail to generate sufficient revenue or our costs are higher than we expect, our results of operations will suffer, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. Our results of operations will depend upon numerous factors, including:

● completion of development and commercial launch of our microcutter products, and the timing thereof;

● FDA or other regulatory clearance or approval of our products;

● demand for our products;

● the performance of third-party contract manufacturers and component suppliers;

● our ability to develop sales and marketing capabilities;

● our ability to develop, introduce and market new or enhanced versions of our products on a timely basis; and

● our ability to obtain and protect proprietary rights.

Our operating results in any particular period may not be a reliable indication of our future performance. In some future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, the price of our common stock will likely decline.

Anti-takeover defenses that we have in place could prevent or frustrate attempts to change our direction or management.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable provisions of Delaware law may make it more difficult for or prevent a third party from acquiring control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions:

● limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders;

● establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;

● prohibit cumulative voting in the election of our directors, which would otherwise permit less than a majority of stockholders to elect directors;

● prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and

● provide our board of directors with the ability to designate the terms of and issue a new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval.

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits us from engaging in any business combination with certain persons who own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or any of our associates or affiliates who at any time in the past three years have owned 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may deprive stockholders of the opportunity to sell their shares to potential acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential inability to obtain a control premium could reduce the price of our common stock.

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

The stock market in general, the NASDAQ Global Market and the market for medical device companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Further, the market prices of securities of medical device companies have been particularly volatile. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation often is expensive and diverts management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have paid no cash dividends on any of our classes of capital stock to date, and we currently intend to retain our future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain to our stockholders for the foreseeable future.

39

If our stock price declines, our common stock may be subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Market.

In November 2012, we received notice from the NASDAQ Global Market that we did not meet the continued listing requirements for listing our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market because for 30 consecutive business days the market value of our common stock had been below $50,000,000.  Although in January 2013, our stock price increased and we received a letter from Nasdaq stating that the we had regained compliance with the listing rule and that matter was closed, we cannot guarantee that our stock price will remain sufficiently high to continue to meet the listing requirements.  If our stock price drops again our common stock may once again not meet the continued listing requirements for listing our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, and our common stock could be delisted from that market if we do not regain compliance within 180 days of any new notice received from Nasdaq.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

We currently lease approximately 30,000 square feet of office, manufacturing and laboratory space in Redwood City, California. We believe that our existing facility should meet our needs for at least the next 24 months. Our facility is subject to periodic inspections by state and federal regulatory authorities.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are not subject to any material legal proceeding.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market for Common Equity

Our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market on February 3, 2006, under the symbol “CRDC”. The table below sets forth the high and low intraday sales prices for our common stock for the periods indicated:

	High		Low
Fiscal Year 2013
First Quarter ended September 30, 2012	$	1.99	$	1.25
Second Quarter ended December 31, 2012	$	1.48	$	0.67
Third Quarter ended March 31, 2013	$	1.83	$	1.12
Fourth Quarter ended June 30, 2013	$	1.57	$	1.10
Fiscal Year 2012
First Quarter ended September 30, 2011	$	3.69	$	1.75
Second Quarter ended December 31, 2011	$	2.60	$	1.66
Third Quarter ended March 31, 2012	$	2.37	$	1.47
Fourth Quarter ended June 30, 2012	$	2.30	$	1.68

As of September 20, 2013, there were 101 holders of record of common stock. This number does not include the number of persons whose shares are held by a nominee or in “street name” accounts through brokers.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance our operations and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.

40

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not applicable.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, we did not repurchase any equity securities.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and notes to those statements included elsewhere in this report.

The following selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the statements of operations data for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended June 30, 2013, have been derived from our audited financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the selected statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, have been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this annual report. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data:
Net revenue:
Product sales, net	$	3,093		$	3,274		$	3,889		$	3,764		$	6,798
License and development revenue		336			336			9,277			124			2,995
Royalty revenue		70			71			77			93			85
Total net revenue		3,499			3,681			13,243			3,981			9,878
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of product sales		3,604			3,638			3,350			3,687			5,341
Research and development		9,145			7,220			7,495			5,437			8,217
Selling, general and administrative		6,410			6,139			5,920			5,734			13,632
Total operating costs and expenses		19,159			16,997			16,765			14,858			27,190
Loss from operations		(15,660	)		(13,316	)		(3,522	)		(10,877	)		(17,312	)
Interest income		15			12			21			35			177
Interest expense		(457	)		(268	)		(11	)		(112	)		(120	)
Other income (expense), net		(35	)		(3	)		(5	)		(1	)		(22	)
Net loss before income tax benefit		(16,137	)		(13,575	)		(3,517	)		(10,955	)		(17,277	)
Income tax benefit		—			—			—			31			72
Net loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,575	)	$	(3,517	)	$	(10,924	)	$	(17,205	)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.14	)	$	(0.50	)	$	(1.09	)
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share		40,842			30,547			25,620			21,927			15,776

	As of June 30,
	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
					(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	12,395	$	14,645	$	9,325	$	6,561	$	5,328
Working capital		12,268		13,316		8,477		5,016		4,134
Total assets		17,761		18,142		11,470		9,791		10,340
Short-term note payable		—		—		—		1,400		2,000
Long-term liabilities		4,559		4,364		433		31		44
Total stockholders’ equity		10,974		11,360		8,862		6,477		6,262

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this report. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Report.

41

Overview

Historically, our business focused on the design, manufacture and marketing of proprietary automated anastomotic systems used by cardiac surgeons to perform coronary bypass surgery. We have expanded and refocused our business by emphasizing the development of a laparoscopic microcutter product line intended for use by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons.

We are developing our microcutter product line based on our proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology, which expands our commercial opportunity into additional surgical markets. Our planned microcutter product line consists of the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 30, a cartridge based microcutter device with a 5 millimeter shaft diameter and a 30 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 45, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a 8 millimeter shaft and a 45 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 30, a true multi-fire endolinear stapling device, the MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE™ 30, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a flexible shaft to facilitate endoscopic procedures requiring cutting and stapling, the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 45, a planned multi-fire endolinear microcutter device with a 45 millimeter staple line, and the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 60, a planned cutting and stapling device specifically designed for the bariatric and thoracic surgery markets. We estimate these planned devices expand our commercial opportunity to approximately 1.4 million additional procedures annually in the United States, involving, we estimate, over 4 million staple cartridge deployments, 3 million of which we believe are deployed in laparoscopic procedures.

In March 2012, we completed the design verification for and applied Conformité Européenne, or the CE Mark, to the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 30. We believe that the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 is and will be differentiated in the market compared to currently marketed staplers due to its significantly reduced size and ability to articulate up to 80 degrees. We intend to expand our microcutter product line with the development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45, but, in light of our limited financial resources, we have limited the development of other potential products in our planned microcutter product line.

We initiated first-in-man use of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, with the CE Mark, in Europe in March 2012, and began enrollment in a clinical trial of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in July 2012. We completed enrollment with 160 patients in May 2013, with a 30 day follow up as outlined in the clinical trial protocol. As part of our controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, we made our first shipment to our distributor in Europe.

To date, we generated revenues almost exclusively from the sale of automated anastomotic systems, and have generated minimal revenues from the commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, as it was only introduced to the European market in December 2012.

We were advised by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, that the FDA will require clinical data related to the staple design used as part of a 510(k) submission for clearance of the products in our planned microcutter product line for marketing and sale in the United States. We submitted a 510(k) with clinical data of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. While we cannot predict when or if the FDA will clear our 510(k) submission of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 or what the scope of that clearance will cover, we anticipate that the earliest that any such clearance could be obtained would be in the first half of calendar 2014. In addition, our exclusive distributor in Japan, Century Medical, Inc., or Century, recently filed for regulatory approval of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan and anticipates launching our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Japan during 2014.

Our C-Port® Distal Anastomosis Systems, or C-Port systems, are sold in the United States and Europe. The C-Port systems are used to perform a distal anastomosis, which is the connection between a bypass graft vessel and the target coronary artery. As of June 30, 2013, more than 13,800 C-Port systems had been sold in the United States and Europe. We also currently sell our PAS-Port® Proximal Anastomosis System, or PAS-Port system, in the United States, Europe and Japan. The PAS-Port system is used to perform a proximal anastomosis, which is the connection of a bypass graft vessel to the aorta or other source of blood. As of June 30, 2013, more than 32,600 PAS-Port systems had been sold in the United States, Europe and Japan.

We use independent distributors and manufacturers’ representatives to augment a small core direct sales team for our C-Port systems and PAS-Port system in the United States to contain sales costs while continuing to serve our customers and potential customers for our automated anastomosis product line.

We manufacture our cardiac and microcutter products with parts we manufacture and components supplied by vendors, which we then assemble, test and package.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant net losses, and we expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. We have not generated significant revenues from sales of any of the microcutter products that we are developing. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, we generated net revenue of $3.5 million, including $0.2 million from commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, $0.3 million of license and development revenue, and incurred a net loss of $16.1 million. To date, our C-Port and PAS-Port systems have had limited commercial adoption, and sales have not met the levels that we had anticipated. Revenues from product sales and milestone payments were not sufficient to support the operation of our business as we had planned. If we fail to obtain broader commercial adoption of our systems or achieve commercial adoption of our microcutter products, we may be required to delay, further reduce the scope of or eliminate our commercialization efforts with respect to one or more of our products or one or more of our research and development programs.

42

On March 20, 2013, we completed the sale of 14,251,368 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $1.05 per share. Net proceeds from the financing to us were $14.0 million. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $12.4 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and $4.0 million of debt principal outstanding. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the cash that we expect to generate from sales, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs to enable us to conduct our business substantially as currently conducted through February 28, 2014, excluding the repayment of $4.0 million debt principal outstanding. We would be able to extend this time period to the extent that we decreased our planned expenditures, or raise additional capital. Our independent registered public accounting firm has indicated in their audit report on our fiscal 2013 financial statements that our recurring losses from operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We have based our estimate as to the sufficiency of our cash resources on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, including assumptions with respect to the level of revenue from product sales and the cost of product development, and we could exhaust our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. The sufficiency of our current cash resources and our need for additional capital, and the timing thereof, will depend on many factors, including the extent of our ongoing research and development programs and related costs, including costs related to the continued development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and additional products in our planned microcutter product line, our ability to enter into additional license, development and/or collaboration agreements with respect to our technology, and the terms thereof, market acceptance and adoption of our current products or future products that we may commercialize, our level of revenues, costs associated with our sales and marketing initiatives and manufacturing activities, costs and timing of obtaining and maintaining FDA, and other regulatory clearances or approvals for our products and potential additional products, securing, maintaining and enforcing intellectual property rights and the costs thereof, and the effects of competing technological and market developments.

We may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities, obtain a credit facility, enter into product development, license or distribution agreements with third parties or divest one or more of our commercialized products or products in development. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in significant dilution to our stockholders, particularly in light of the prices at which our common stock has been recently trading. In addition, if we raise additional funds through the sale of equity securities, new investors could have rights superior to our existing stockholders. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could have rights senior to those associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. Any product development, licensing, distribution or sale agreements that we enter into may require us to relinquish valuable rights, including with respect to commercialized products or products in development that we would otherwise seek to commercialize or develop ourselves. We may not be able to obtain sufficient additional financing or enter into a strategic transaction in a timely manner. Our need to raise capital may require us to accept terms that may harm our business or be disadvantageous to our current stockholders.

Agreement with Century

On September 2, 2011, we signed a distribution agreement, or the Distribution Agreement, with Century with respect to distribution of our planned microcutter products in Japan.  Under the terms of a secured note purchase agreement, Century agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $4.0 million, with principal due on September 30, 2016, under the agreement, subject to certain conditions.   Under this facility, we received $2.0 million on September 30, 2011, and the remaining $2.0 million on December 27, 2011. The note bears 5% annual interest which is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of March, June, September and December of each year through September 30, 2016, the maturity date when the total $4.0 million of principal becomes due . In return for the loan commitment, we granted Century distribution rights to our planned microcutter product line in Japan, and a right of first negotiation for distribution rights in Japan to future products. Century will be responsible for securing regulatory approval from the Ministry of Health in Japan for the microcutter product line. After approval for marketing in Japan, we would sell microcutter units to Century, who would then sell the microcutter devices to their customers in Japan. Century recently filed for regulatory approval of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan and anticipates launching our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Japan during 2014.

Proceeds from the note and granting the distribution rights were allocated to the note based on their aggregate fair value of $2.4 million at the dates of receipt. This fair value was determined by discounting cash flows using a discount rate of 18%, which we estimated was a market rate of borrowing that could be obtained by companies with credit risk similar to ours. The remainder of the proceeds of $1.6 million was recognized as debt issuance discount and was allocated to the value of the distribution rights granted to Century under the Distribution Agreement and is included in deferred revenue. The deferred revenue will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Distribution Agreement, beginning upon the first sale by Century of microcutter products in Japan.

43

Agreements with Intuitive Surgical

On August 16, 2010, we entered into a license agreement, or License Agreement, with Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc., or Intuitive Surgical, pursuant to which we granted to Intuitive Surgical a worldwide, sublicenseable, exclusive license to use our intellectual property in the robotics field in diagnostic or therapeutic medical procedures, but excluding vascular anastomosis applications, for an upfront license fee of $9.0 million. We are also eligible to receive a contingent payment if sales of any products incorporating our patent rights achieve a specified level of net sales within a specified period after the date of the License Agreement, as well as single-digit royalties on sales by Intuitive Surgical, its affiliates or its sublicensees of specified stapler and clip applier products covered by our patent rights as well as on sales of certain other products covered by our patent rights that may be developed in the future, if any.  Each party has the right to terminate the License Agreement in the event of the other party’s uncured material breach or bankruptcy.  Following any termination of the License Agreement, the licenses granted to Intuitive Surgical will continue, and, except in the case of termination for our uncured material breach or insolvency, Intuitive Surgical’s payment obligations will continue as well.  Under the License Agreement, Intuitive Surgical has rights to improvements in our technology and intellectual property over a specified period of time.

In addition, on the same date, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Intuitive Surgical pursuant to which Intuitive Surgical paid $3.0 million to purchase from us an aggregate of 1,249,541 shares of our common stock, or the Stock Issuance. The net proceeds recorded to stockholders’ equity based upon the fair value of our common stock on August 16, 2010, were approximately $2.0 million after offering expenses.  From the premium paid of $1.0 million and the upfront license fee payment of $9.0 million, $0.3 million have been recorded as license and development revenue for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and $41,000 has been recorded as deferred revenue as of June 30, 2013.  There were no underwriters or placement agents involved with the Stock Issuance, and no underwriting discounts or commissions or similar fees were payable in connection with the Stock Issuance.

Agreement with Aspire Capital

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement with Aspire Capital, we had a right to sell to Aspire Capital pursuant to the Purchase Agreement up to $10.0 million of our common stock at a maximum of 300,000 shares per day based on the trading price of our common stock. In consideration for entering into the Purchase Agreement, concurrently with the execution of the Purchase Agreement, we issued to Aspire Capital 295,567 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee, or the Commitment Shares. The Purchase Agreement terminated on February 10, 2013, and 166,759 shares of the our common stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement were returned to us as the maximum numbers of shares available under the Purchase Agreement were not sold to Aspire. Based on the quoted price, the shares were valued at $1.38 per share, or $0.2 million. We are no longer entitled to sell any further shares of our common stock to Aspire Capital under the Purchase Agreement. Through the termination date, a total of 1,478,808 shares of common stock (including the 128,808 Commitment Shares) had been issued to Aspire Capital pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and $4.4 million of capital had been raised through the sale of 1,350,000 shares of common stock at an average price of $3.23 per share. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, we did not issue any shares under the Purchase Agreement.

Agreement with MLV

Subject to the terms and conditions of the ATM Agreement, we may issue and sell up to $10.0 million of our common stock through MLV as our sales agent. The extent to which we rely on sales of common stock under the ATM Agreement as a source of funding will depend on a number of factors, including the prevailing market price of our common stock and the extent to which we are able to secure working capital from other sources. The ATM Agreement provides that the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to the ATM Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (1) the sale of all common stock subject to the ATM Agreement, (2) August 2, 2014, and (3) termination of the ATM Agreement. As of June 30, 2013, we received net proceeds of $0.8 million from the sale of an aggregate of 445,593 shares of common stock through MLV. We are subject to limitations on the amount that we may sell under our shelf registration statement, and therefore that we may sell pursuant to the ATM Agreement.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they require us to make significant judgments and estimates that are used in the preparation of our financial statements.

44

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) title has transferred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. We generally use contracts and customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement. We use shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify that title has transferred. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based upon the terms of the agreement associated with the transaction. To determine whether collection is probable, we assess a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine that collection is not reasonably assured, then the recognition of revenue is deferred until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of payment.

We record product sales net of estimated product returns and discounts from the list prices for our products. The amounts of product returns and the discount amounts have not been material to date.

Payments that are contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone are recognized in their entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved subject to satisfaction of all revenue recognition criteria at that time. Revenue generated from license fees and performing development services are recognized when they are earned and non-refundable upon receipt, over the period of performance, or upon incurrence of the related development expenses in accordance with contractual terms, based on the actual costs incurred to date plus overhead costs for certain project activities. Amounts paid but not yet earned on the project are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as performance is rendered or the related development expenses are incurred.

When a sale combines multiple elements upon performance of multiple services, we allocate revenue for transactions that include multiple elements to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price, and recognizes revenue for each unit of accounting when the revenue recognition criteria have been met. We follow the selling price hierarchy as outlined in the guidance Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. The guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if available and when VSOE is not available, and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We use BESP to determine the standalone selling price for such deliverables. We have an established process for developing BESP, which incorporates, pricing practices, historical selling prices, the effect of market conditions as well as entity-specific factors. Estimated selling price is monitored and evaluated on a regular basis to ensure that changes in circumstances are accounted for in a timely manner. 

Inventory. We state our inventories at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventory write-downs are established when conditions indicate that the net realizable value is less than cost due to physical deterioration, usage, obsolescence, reductions in estimated future demand or reductions in selling prices. Inventory write-downs are measured as the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated net realizable value. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of product sales and establish a lower cost basis for the inventory. We balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels with the risk of obsolescence due to changing technology and the risk of lower customer demand levels. While we believe the current value of inventories represents all known and estimated changes in demand, we have experienced reduced demand for our C-Port systems and further unfavorable changes in market conditions may result in a need for additional inventory write-downs that could adversely impact our financial results.

Stock-Based Compensation. We account for employee and director share-based compensation plans, including stock options and restricted stock units, or RSUs, pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 718 “Compensation — Stock Compensation”. Stock-based compensation cost is measured on the grant date, based on fair value-based measurement of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period.

We selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining the estimated fair value-based measurements of share-based awards. The use of the Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions including expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The expected term of options granted is determined using the “simplified” method. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The expected volatility is based on the our historical stock price. Prior to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, since we had limited historical data on volatility of our stock, the expected volatility was based on the volatility of similar entities (referred to as “guideline” companies). In evaluating similarity, we considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of each option is based on a risk-free zero-coupon spot interest rate at the time of grant. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Subsequent to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, the volatility is based on our historical stock price. We estimate forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation. We recognize stock-based compensation expense for options and restricted stock awards using the accelerated method over the requisite service period of the award, which generally equals the vesting period of each grant. We recorded fair value-based stock-based compensation expense of $0.9 million, or $0.02 per share, $0.7 million, or $0.02 per share, and $0.6 million, or $0.02 per share, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

45

Results of Operations

Comparison of Fiscal Years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

Net Revenue. Net revenue decreased $0.2 million, or 5%, to $3.5 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $3.7 million in fiscal year 2012.

Net product sales decreased $0.2 million, or 6%, to $3.1 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $3.3 million in fiscal year 2012. The decrease of product sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, was primarily attributable to both lower PAS-Port and C-Port systems sales in the United States, offset in part by our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 commercial sales of $0.2 million.

For fiscal years 2013 and 2012, sales to Century, our distributor in Japan, accounted for approximately 33% and 32%, respectively, of our total product sales.

License and development revenue was $0.3 million in both fiscal years 2013 and 2012. The license and development revenue in both years resulted from the amortization of the $1.0 million of premium from the Stock Purchase Agreement with Intuitive Surgical that we entered into in August 2010.

Cost of Product Sales. Cost of product sales consists primarily of material, labor and overhead costs. Cost of product sales decreased by $34,000, or 1%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013.

The decrease in cost of product sales in fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012 is primarily driven by lower product revenue offset in part by higher product cost related to the introduction of the microcutter products in fiscal 2013.

Our cost of product sales was 117% and 111% of our net product sales in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively, due largely to higher fixed overhead costs per unit sold in the current year due to building an infrastructure in anticipating of the foreseeable future growth and higher product cost related to the new microcutter products. We expect higher costs relative to product sales for the foreseeable future due to the planned commercialization of our microcutter product line.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs within our product development, regulatory and clinical groups and the costs of clinical trials. Research and development expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 27%, to $9.1 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $7.2 million in fiscal year 2012.

The increase in research and development expenses in fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012 was attributable to higher salaries and benefits of $0.4 million due primarily to an increase in the number of personnel and higher bonus percentage payout based on milestone achievements, increased prototype project materials of $0.3 million, increased facility related and depreciation expenses of $0.6 million, increased in travel expenses of $0.2 million, and increased clinical trial expenses of $0.5 million all related to microcutter activities.

We anticipate that research and development expenses will decrease modestly in absolute terms in fiscal year 2014 as we have completed our clinical trial, product testing and tooling expenses related to the enhancements of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs for administrative and sales and marketing personnel, intellectual property and marketing expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 4%, to $6.4 million in fiscal year 2013 compared to $6.1 million in fiscal year 2012.

The net increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012 was attributable to higher salaries and benefits of $0.2 million due primarily to an increase in bonus percentage payout based on milestone achievements, an increased in professional services expenses of $0.3 million due to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 launch efforts in Europe, partially offset by lower facility related expenses of $0.1 million.

We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase slightly in absolute terms in fiscal year 2014 as we increase the number of individuals in sales and marketing.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $3,000, or 25%, to $15,000 for fiscal year 2013 from $12,000 for fiscal year 2012. The increase in interest income in fiscal year 2013 was primarily attributable to higher overall market interest rates for the fiscal year.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $0.2 million to $0.5 million for fiscal year 2013 from $0.3 million in fiscal year 2012. The increase in interest expense was due to the interest, including the accretion of debt discount, on our note payable to Century, which we issued in September and December 2011. We expect interest expense to increase in future periods as the note payable is scheduled to mature on September 30, 2016, and the debt discount is accreted using the effective interest method.

46

Comparison of Fiscal Years ended June 30, 2012 and 2011

Net Revenue. Net revenue decreased $9.6 million, or 72%, to $3.7 million in fiscal year 2012 compared to $13.2 million in fiscal year 2011.

Net product sales decreased $0.6 million, or 16%, to $3.3 million in fiscal year 2012 compared to $3.9 million in fiscal year 2011. The decrease of product sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, was primarily attributable to both lower PAS-Port and C-Port systems sales in the United States.

For fiscal years 2012 and 2011, sales to Century, our distributor in Japan, accounted for approximately 32% and 22%, respectively, of our total product sales.

License and development revenue was $0.3 million and $9.3 million in fiscal years 2012 and 2011, respectively. The license and development revenue in both years related to the License Agreement and $1.0 million of premium from the Stock Purchase Agreement with Intuitive Surgical that we entered into in August 2010. The license and development revenue of $0.3 million for fiscal year 2012 was related to the amortization of $1.0 million allocated to technology that may be developed over three years that is subject to the arrangement with Intuitive Surgical. The license and development revenue of $9.3 million for fiscal year 2011 related to $9.0 million allocated to the license rights to technology that existed as of August 2010 and $0.3 million related to the amortization of the $1.0 million allocated to technology that may be developed over the subsequent three years.

Cost of Product Sales. Cost of product sales consists primarily of material, labor and overhead costs. Cost of product sales increased by $0.3 million, or 9%, to $3.6 million in fiscal year 2012 from $3.4 million in fiscal year 2011.

The increase in cost of product sales in fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011 resulted primarily from increased fixed overhead costs per unit sold in the current year due to building an infrastructure in anticipation of the foreseeable future growth offset in part by a reduced lower of cost or market charge and lower units sold.

Our cost of product sales was 111% and 86% of our net product sales in fiscal years 2012 and 2011, respectively, due to higher fixed overhead costs per unit sold in the current year due to building an infrastructure in anticipating of the foreseeable future growth offset in part by a reduced lower of cost or market charge and lower units sold.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs within our product development, regulatory and clinical groups and the costs of clinical trials. Research and development expenses decreased by $0.3 million, or 4%, to $7.2 million in fiscal year 2012 compared to $7.5 million in fiscal year 2011.

The decrease in research and development expenses in fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011 was attributable to lower molds and tooling expenses of $2.6 million due to the microcutter program development activities as the molds and tooling have been assessed to have alternative future uses and so have been capitalized, in all cases primarily related to the microcutter program development activities, partially offset by an increase in salaries and benefits of $0.5 million due primarily to an increase in the number of personnel, increased prototype project materials of $1.1 million, increased consulting and professional services expenses of $0.3 million, increased facility related and depreciation expenses of $0.4 million, and increased clinical trial expenses of $0.1 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs for administrative and sales and marketing personnel, intellectual property and marketing expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 4%, to $6.1 million in fiscal year 2012 compared to $5.9 million in fiscal year 2011.

The net increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011 was attributable to higher salaries and benefits of $0.3 million due primarily to an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased $9,000, or 43%, to $12,000 for fiscal year 2012 from $21,000 for fiscal year 2011. The decrease in interest income in fiscal year 2012 was primarily attributable to lower overall market interest rates for the fiscal year.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $257,000 to $268,000 for fiscal year 2012 from $11,000 in fiscal year 2011. The increase in interest expense was due to the interest, including the accretion of debt discount, on our note payable to Century, which we issued in September and December 2011.

Income Taxes

Due to uncertainty surrounding the realization of our deferred tax assets through future taxable income, we have provided a full valuation allowance, and no benefit has been recognized for our net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. Accordingly, deferred tax asset valuation allowances have been established as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, to reflect these uncertainties. At June 30, 2013, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $939,000, which would not currently affect our effective tax rate if recognized due to our deferred tax assets being fully offset by a valuation allowance.

47

As of June 30, 2013, we had net operating loss carry-forwards to reduce future taxable income, of approximately $134.1 million for federal income tax purposes and $102.3 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for state income taxes. The net operating loss carry-forwards begin to expire in the fiscal year 2019. We also had federal and state research and development credit carry-forwards of approximately $1.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, at June 30, 2013. The federal credits begin to expire in fiscal year 2021 if not utilized. The California state credit carry-forwards have an unlimited carry-forward period and the State of Arizona credits begin to expire in fiscal year 2024. We have completed a study of our tax attributes under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 through June 30, 2010, which resulted in significant limitations on our net operating loss and credit carry-forwards prior to utilization. The related reductions are reflected in the carry-forward amounts discussed above. However, we have issued additional shares in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, that may have triggered further limitations on the net operating loss carry-forwards and credit-forwards included in the deferred tax assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2013, our accumulated deficit was $153.6 million. As of June 30, 2013, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $12.4 million, compared to $14.6 million at June 30, 2012. We currently invest some of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments in money market funds, corporate debt and commercial paper securities. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of convertible preferred stock, long-term notes payable, public and private sales of common stock, warrants to purchase common stock and license or collaboration agreements.

On March 20, 2013, we completed the sale of 14,251,368 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $1.05 per share. Net proceeds from the financing to us were $14.0 million. In February 2012, we completed the sale of 9,019,000 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering at a price to the public of $1.65 per share. Net proceeds from that financing to us were $13.9 million. We have also sold stock through various agreements with other entities. As of June 30, 2013, we received net proceeds of $0.8 million from the sale of 445,593 shares of our common stock through McNicoll Lewis & Vlak LLC, or MLV, pursuant to an ATM agreement. In addition, in December 2010, we entered into a purchase agreement with Aspire Capital, which provided for the sale of our common stock subject to the conditions set forth in that agreement, which agreement terminated in February 2013. Through the termination date, we had raised $4.4 million of capital through the sale of 1,350,000 shares of our common stock under that purchase agreement; all of the capital raised under that purchase agreement had been raised prior to June 30, 2012.

On September 2, 2011, we entered into a Distribution Agreement with Century, with respect to distribution of our planned microcutter products in Japan.  Additionally, under the terms of a secured note purchase agreement, Century agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $4.0 million, with principal due five years after the first draw by us under the agreement, subject to certain conditions. In return for the loan commitment, we granted Century distribution rights to our planned microcutter product line in Japan, and a right of first negotiation for distribution rights in Japan to future products. Century will be responsible for securing regulatory approval from the Ministry of Health in Japan for the microcutter product line. After approval for marketing in Japan, we would sell microcutter units to Century, who would then sell the microcutter devices to their customers in Japan.

We have drawn the full $4.0 million available to us under the Distribution Agreement. The note bears 5% annual interest which is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of March, June, September and December of each year through September 30, 2016, the maturity date when the total $4.0 million of principal becomes due. Proceeds from the note and granting the distribution rights were allocated to the note based on its aggregate fair value of $2.4 million at the dates of receipt. This fair value was determined by discounting cash flows using a discount rate of 18%, which we estimated approximated a market rate of return on debt financing that could be obtained by companies with credit risk similar to us. The remainder of the proceeds of $1.6 million was allocated to the value of the distribution rights granted to Century under the Distribution Agreement and is included in deferred revenue. The deferred revenue will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Distribution Agreement, beginning upon the first sale by Century of the microcutter products in Japan. Century recently filed for regulatory approval of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge with the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan and anticipates launching our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in Japan during 2014.

On August 3, 2011, we entered into the ATM Agreement with MLV, which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, we may issue and sell up to $10.0 million of our common stock through MLV as our sales agent over the term of the ATM Agreement. The ATM Agreement provides that the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to the ATM Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (1) the sale of all common stock subject to the ATM Agreement, (2) August 2, 2014, and (3) termination of the ATM Agreement. As of June 30, 2013, we had received net proceeds of $0.8 million from the placement of an aggregate of 445,593 shares of common stock through MLV. We are subject to limitations on the amount that we may sell under our shelf registration statement, and therefore that we may sell pursuant to the ATM Agreement.

48

On November 11, 2010, we entered into an amendment, or Lease Amendment, to our facility lease. Pursuant to the Lease Amendment, the term of the lease is extended four years, through August 31, 2015, and we were granted an improvement allowance of $148,070 to be used in connection with the construction of alterations and refurbishment of improvements in the premises. In addition, under the Lease Amendment, we were granted an option to further extend the lease for a period of two years beyond August 31, 2015, or the Option Term, and the method of determination of the annual rent payable by us during the Option Term was set forth in the Lease Amendment. Under the operating lease we were required to maintain a letter of credit with a restricted cash balance at our bank. A certificate of deposit of $100,000 was recorded as restricted cash in the condensed balance sheets as of June 30, 2013, related to this letter of credit.

Summary cash flow data is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
	(In thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(14,865	)	$	(9,718	)	$	(1,071	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(2,063	)		(7,234	)		(1,581	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		14,829			17,592			3,923

Net cash used in operating activities for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $14.9 million, $9.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively. Our net use of cash for fiscal year 2013 was primarily attributable to our net loss adjusted for non-cash items, partially offset by an increase in inventories of $0.9 million due to our microcutter product builds, and a decrease in deferred revenue of $0.3 million due to the Intuitive Surgical arrangement. Our net use of cash for fiscal year 2012 was primarily attributable to our net loss adjusted for non-cash items, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and other accrued liabilities of $0.3 million resulting from the timing of our vendor payments, a decreased inventories of $0.3 million due to lower cardiac sales , and an increase in deferred revenue of $1.3 million resulting from granting Japanese distribution rights for our microcutter product line to Century. Our net use of cash for fiscal year 2011 was primarily attributable to our net loss adjusted for non-cash stock-based compensation charges of $0.6 million and approximately $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization expenses, partially offset by decreased inventories of $0.3 million due to lower cardiac sales, and increased deferred revenue of $0.7 million due to the Intuitive Surgical arrangement. Our net losses for the three years as adjusted for non-cash items was due to our cost of product sales exceeding our product sales and our research and development and other expenses incurred in developing our microcutter products. .

Net cash used in investing activities of $2.1 million for fiscal year 2013, reflects purchases of property and equipment of $ 2.1 million mainly related to tools and molds modifications purchased for our microcutter. Net cash used in investing activities of $7.2 million for fiscal year 2012, reflects purchases of property and equipment of $ 2.5 million related to tools and molds purchased for our microcutter development as well as net purchases of short-term investments of $4.7 million. Net cash used in investing activities of $1.6 million for fiscal year 2011, reflects purchases of property and equipment related to tools and molds purchased for our microcutter development as well as net purchases of short-term investments of $1.5 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $14.8 million for fiscal year 2013, was due primarily to the net proceeds of $14.0 million received from our common stock offering in March 2013, aggregate net proceeds of $0.8 million received from the sale of shares of common stock through MLV and proceeds from the exercise of options of $88,000. Net cash provided by financing activities of $17.6 million for fiscal year 2012, was due primarily to the net proceeds of $13.9 million received from our common stock offering in February 2012, the net proceeds from the issuance of a note payable to Century of $2.4 million and aggregate net proceeds of $1.2 million received from the sale of shares of common stock to Aspire Capital and through MLV. Net cash provided by financing activities of $3.9 million for fiscal year 2011, was due primarily to the net proceeds received from sales of shares of common stock to Intuitive Surgical of $2.0 million, the sale of shares of common stock to Aspire Capital of $3.1 million and proceeds from the exercise of options of $0.2 million offset in part by the $1.4 million repayment of notes payable to Century.

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with the cash that we expect to generate from sales will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs to enable us to conduct our business substantially as currently conducted through February 28, 2014. We would be able to extend this time period to the extent that we decrease our planned expenditures, or raise additional capital. We have based our estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, including assumptions with respect to the level of revenue from product sales, and the cost of product development, including the cost and timing of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 clinical trial and the process for obtaining FDA approval for the commercial use of our microcutter products in the United States, and we could exhaust our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect.

The sufficiency of our current cash resources and our need for additional capital, and the timing thereof, will depend upon numerous factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

● the extent to which we are able to raise additional capital in any equity or debt transaction;

49

● European market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, which we launched in the last quarter of calendar year 2012;

● Our success in obtaining regulatory approval from the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge in Japan and the timing of such approval, and market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 cartridge in Japan if such approval is obtained;

● Our success in obtaining 510(k) clearance for the MicroCutter XCHNAGE 30 from the FDA and the timing of such clearance, and market acceptance of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in the United States;

● the extent of our ongoing development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, including alterations and post-commercialization improvements based on early adopter experience with this newly commercial product;

● the extent of our ongoing research and development programs and related costs, including costs related to the continued development of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 and additional products in our planned microcutter product line;

● our ability to enter into additional license, development and/or collaboration agreements with respect to our technology, and the terms thereof;

● market acceptance and adoption of our current products or future products that we may commercialize;

● our level of revenues;

● costs associated with our sales and marketing initiatives and manufacturing activities;

● costs and timing of obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances and approvals for our products and potential additional products;

● securing, maintaining and enforcing intellectual property rights and the costs thereof; and

● the effects of competing technological and market developments.

We initiated first-in-man use of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, with the CE Mark, in Europe in March 2012, and began enrollment in a clinical trial of our MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in July 2012. We completed enrollment of 160 patients in May 2013, with the 30 day follow-up as outlined in the clinical trial protocol. As part of our controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, we made our first shipment to our distributor in Europe. We now have agreements for the microcutter product line with four distributors in Europe covering eight countries. We intend to continue to make enhancements to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 and develop the MicroCutter XCHANGE 45 before continuing our efforts to develop other products in our planned microcutter product line. We cannot predict when, if ever, we will generate significant commercial revenue from the sale of either of these products or any other products in our planned microcutter product line. Because we do not anticipate that we will generate sufficient product sales to achieve profitability for the foreseeable future, if at all, we need to raise substantial additional capital to finance our operations in the future.  Until we can generate significant continuing revenue, if ever, we expect to satisfy our future cash needs public or private equity offerings, debt financings or corporate collaboration and licensing arrangements, as well as through interest income earned on cash balances. To raise capital, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities, obtain a credit facility or enter into product development, license or distribution agreements with third parties or divest one or more of our commercialized products or products in development.  However, we cannot be certain that additional funding of any kind will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities could result in significant dilution to our stockholders, particularly in light of the prices at which our common stock has been recently trading. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could have rights senior to those associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. Any product development, licensing, distribution or sale agreements that we enter into may require us to relinquish valuable rights, including with respect to commercialized products or products in development that we would otherwise seek to commercialize or develop ourselves. We may not be able to obtain sufficient additional funding or enter into a strategic transaction in a timely manner. Our need to raise capital may require us to accept terms that may harm our business or be disadvantageous to our current stockholders. If adequate funds are not available or revenue from product sales do not increase, we would be required to reduce our workforce, delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate our commercialization efforts with respect to one or more of our products or one or more of our research and development programs in advance of February 28, 2014, to ensure that we have sufficient capital to meet our obligations and continue on a path designed to preserve stockholder value.

50

Contractual Obligations

Our future contractual obligations at June 30, 2013, were as follows (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations:	Total		7/1/2013 - 6/30/2014		7/1/2014 - 6/30/2015		7/1/2015 - 6/30/2017
Operating lease obligations	$	1,456	$	649	$	689	$	118
Purchase commitments		160		160		—		—
Note payable, including interest		4,650		200		200		4,250
Total	$	6,266	$	1,009	$	889	$	4,368

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended standards to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income by requiring an entity to report their corresponding effect(s) on net income. These amended standards are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, including structured finance, special purpose or variable interest entities.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Wehad cash, cash equivalents and short-term investmentsof $12.4 million at June 30, 2013, compared to $14.6 million at June 30, 2012. These amounts were invested primarily in money market funds and marketable securities and are held for working capital purposes. The marketable securities were invested primarily in corporate debt securities, commercial papers, and certificates of deposits. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe we do not have material exposure to changes in fair value as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for the eight most recent quarters. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included in this report and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods. This data should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and the related notes included in this report. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

Quarterly Financial Data

Fiscal Year 2013: 

	1st Quarter			2nd Quarter			3rd Quarter			4th Quarter
	(Unaudited, in thousands, except per share data)
Total net revenue	$	885		$	874		$	868		$	872
Gross profit (loss) on product sales		150			(195	)		(322	)		(144	)
Net loss		(4,140	)		(4,192	)		(3,946	)		(3,859	)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share		(0.11	)		(0.11	)		(0.10	)		(0.08	)
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share		36,723			36,951			38,633			51,060

Fiscal Year 2012: 

	1st Quarter			2nd Quarter			3rd Quarter			4th Quarter
	(Unaudited, in thousands, except per share data)
Total net revenue	$	870		$	912		$	953		$	946
Gross profit (loss) on product sales (1)		(60	)		(267	)		(117	)		80
Net loss		(3,055	)		(3,186	)		(3,722	)		(3,612	)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share		(0.11	)		(0.12	)		(0.12	)		(0.10	)
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share		26,806			27,095			31,880			36,408

(1) Gross profit is computed as total net product sales less cost of product sales.

51

See Item 15, below, for our audited financial statements and related notes.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective as of June 30, 2013.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013, based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2013.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended June 30, 2013, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within an organization have been detected. Accordingly, our internal control over financial reporting, including our disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of our internal control over financial reporting, including our disclosure control system, are met and, as set forth above, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded, based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report, that our internal control over financial reporting, including our disclosure controls and procedures, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of our internal control over financial reporting, including our disclosure control system, were met.

Item 9B. Other Information

As a non-accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to provide an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, our independent registered public accounting firm did not provide an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and our previous independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, did not provide an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2012.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Identification of Executive Officers and Directors

Reference is made to the information regarding executive officers appearing under the heading “Business — Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which information is hereby incorporated by reference. Reference is made to the information regarding our directors and nominees for director appearing under the heading “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors” to be included in our proxy statement for our 2013 annual meeting of stockholders, or 2013 Proxy Statement, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.

52

Identification of Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

Reference is made to the information regarding directors to be included under the headings “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors— Audit Committee” in our 2013 Proxy Statement, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.

Material Changes to Procedures for Recommending Directors

Reference is made to the information regarding directors to be included under the heading “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” in our 2013 Proxy Statement, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Reference is made to the information to be included under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our 2013 Proxy Statement, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.

Code of Conduct

Reference is made to the information to be included under the heading “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” in our 2013 Proxy Statement, which information is hereby incorporated by reference. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics can be found on our website, www.cardica.com in the section titled “About Cardica,” by clicking on “Investors/Media” and selecting the subsection titled “Corporate Governance.” The contents of our website are not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Reference is made to the information to be included under the heading “Executive Compensation” in our 2013 Proxy Statement, which information is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Security Ownership

The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2013 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Information concerning our equity compensation plans will be set forth in our 2013 Proxy Statement under the caption “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans — Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2013 Proxy Statement under the captions “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Independence of the Board of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2013 Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and is incorporated herein by reference.

53

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this report

1. Financial Statements

Cardica, Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	55
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	56
Balance Sheets	57
Statements of Operations	58
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity	59
Statements of Comprehensive Loss	60
Statements of Cash Flows	61
Notes to Financial Statements	62

54

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Cardica, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Cardica, Inc. as of June 30, 2013, and the related statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cardica, Inc. at June 30, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s recurring losses from operationsand negative cash flows from operating activities, among other factors, raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans concerning these matters are also discussed in Note 1. The financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2013, do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcomes of this uncertainty.

	/s/ BDO USA, LLP
San Jose, California
September 25, 2013

55

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Cardica, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Cardica, Inc. as of June 30, 2012, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cardica, Inc. at June 30, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, Cardica, Inc.’s working capital and recurring losses from operations raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plans as to these matters also are described in Note 1.  The financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2012, do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcomes of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

September 28, 2012

56

Cardica, Inc.

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

	June 30,
	2013			2012
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	6,373		$	8,472
Short-term investments		6,022			6,173
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $33 and $0		391			299
Inventories		1,457			576
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		253			214
Total current assets		14,496			15,734
Property and equipment, net		3,161			2,304
Restricted cash		104			104
Total assets	$	17,761		$	18,142
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	$	764		$	862
Accrued compensation		600			410
Other accrued liabilities		420			408
Current portion of deferred revenue		444			738
Total current liabilities		2,228			2,418
Deferred revenue, net of current portion		1,610			1,652
Note payable		2,788			2,532
Other non-current liabilities		161			180
Total liabilities		6,787			6,782
Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 2012		—			—
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 75,000,000 shares authorized; 51,068,614 and 36,511,388 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively		51			37
Additional paid-in capital		165,085			149,348
Treasury stock at cost (66,227 shares at June 30, 2013 and 2012)		(596	)		(596	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(5	)		(5	)
Accumulated deficit		(153,561	)		(137,424	)
Total stockholders’ equity		10,974			11,360
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	17,761		$	18,142

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

57

Cardica, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Net revenue
Product sales, net	$	3,093		$	3,274		$	3,889
License and development revenue		336			336			9,277
Royalty revenue		70			71			77
Total net revenue		3,499			3,681			13,243
Operating costs and expenses
Cost of product sales		3,604			3,638			3,350
Research and development		9,145			7,220			7,495
Selling, general and administrative		6,410			6,139			5,920
Total operating costs and expenses		19,159			16,997			16,765
Loss from operations		(15,660	)		(13,316	)		(3,522	)
Interest income		15			12			21
Interest expense		(457	)		(268	)		(11	)
Other income (expense), net		(35	)		(3	)		(5	)
Net loss before income tax benefit		(16,137	)		(13,575	)		(3,517	)
Income tax benefit		—			—			—
Net loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,575	)	$	(3,517	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.14	)
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share		40,842			30,547			25,620

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

58

Cardica, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,575	)	$	(3,517	)
Other comprehensive loss:
Change in unrealized loss on investment		—			(4	)		(1	)
Comprehensive loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,579	)	$	(3,518	)

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

59

Cardica, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

	Common Stock					Additional Paid-in		Treasury			Accumulated other comprehensive			Accumulated			Total Stockholders’
	Shares			Amount		Capital		Stock			loss			Deficit			Equity
Balance at June 30, 2010		24,005,813			24		127,381		(596	)		—			(120,332	)		6,477
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash		137,019					240		—			—			—			240
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted share units		47,175			—		—		—			—			—			—
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs of $215		2,445,108			3		5,080		—			—			—			5,083
Stock-based compensation expense		—			—		580		—			—			—			580
Net loss		—			—		—		—			—			(3,517	)		(3,517	)
Net change in unrealized loss on marketable securities		—			—		—		—			(1	)		—			(1	)
Balance at June 30, 2011		26,635,115			27		133,281		(596	)		(1	)		(123,849	)		8,862
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash		163,438			—		134		—			—			—			134
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted share units		60,500			—		—		—			—			—			—
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs of $1.2 million		9,652,335			10		15,058		—			—			—			15,068
Stock-based compensation expense		—			—		875		—			—			—			875
Net loss		—			—		—		—			—			(13,575	)		(13,575	)
Net change in unrealized loss on marketable securities		—			—		—		—			(4	)		—			(4	)
Balance at June 30, 2012		36,511,388			37		149,348		(596	)		(5	)		(137,424	)		11,360
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash and cash received from shareholders’ notes receivable		10,518			—		88		—			—			—			88
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted share units		48,000			—		—		—			—			—			—
Sale of common stock, Wedbush net of financing costs of $1.0 million		14,251,368			14		13,998		—			—			—			14,012
Sale of common stock, Aspire returned commitment shares		(166,759	)		—		—		—			—			—			—
Sale of common stock, MLV net of financing costs $25,000		414,099			—		729		—			—			—			729
Stock-based compensation expense		—			—		922		—			—			—			922
Net loss		—			—		—		—			—			(16,137	)		(16,137	)
Net change in unrealized loss on marketable securities		—			—		—		—			—			—			—
Balance at June 30, 2013		51,068,614			51		165,085		(596	)		(5	)		(153,561	)		10,974

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

60

Cardica, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Operating activities
Net loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,575	)	$	(3,517	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment		1,154			858			711
Amortization of premiums on marketable securities		135			—			—
Loss on disposal or retirement of property and equipment		68			102			—
Stock-based compensation expense on grants of stock awards to non-employees		65			134			22
Stock-based compensation expense on grants of stock awards to employees		857			741			558
Allowance for doubtful account		33			—			—
Non cash interest expense		256			142			—
Changes in assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable		(125	)		28			49
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(39	)		(54	)		71
Inventories		(881	)		264			291
Restricted cash		—			—			50
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities		(86	)		324			(80	)
Accrued compensation		190			(120	)		90
Deferred revenue		(336	)		1,276			711
Other non-current liabilities		(19	)		162			(27	)
Net cash used in operating activities		(14,865	)		(9,718	)		(1,071	)
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment		(2,079	)		(2,550	)		(87	)
Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments		10,082			6,445			—
Purchases of short-term investments		(10,066	)		(11,129	)		(1,494	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(2,063	)		(7,234	)		(1,581	)
Financing activities
Proceeds from sales of common stock, net of issuance costs		14,741			15,068			5,083
Proceeds from issuance of (repayment of) notes payable		—			2,390			(1,400	)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options		88			134			240
Net cash provided by financing activities		14,829			17,592			3,923
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(2,099	)		640			1,271
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		8,472			7,832			6,561
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	6,373		$	8,472		$	7,832
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	$	200		$	77		$	11
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
Common stock issued in connection with entering into a common stock purchase agreement	$	—		$	—		$	966

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

61

Cardica, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Organization

Cardica, Inc. ( the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on October 15, 1997, as Vascular Innovations, Inc. On November 26, 2001, the Company changed its name to Cardica, Inc. Historically, the Company’s business focused on the design, manufacture and marketing of proprietary automated anastomotic systems used by cardiac surgeons to perform coronary bypass surgery. The Company has expanded and re-focused its business by emphasizing the development of a laparoscopic microcutter product line intended for use by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons. The Company is developing a microcutter product line based on its proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology, which expands its commercial opportunity into additional surgical markets. The Company’s planned microcutter product line consists of the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 30, a cartridge based microcutter device with a 5 millimeter shaft diameter and a 30 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 45, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a 8 millimeter shaft and a 45 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 30, a true multi-fire endolinear stapling device, the MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE™ 30, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a flexible shaft to facilitate endoscopic procedures requiring cutting and stapling, and the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 45, a planned multi-fire endolinear microcutter device with a 45 millimeter staple line, a planned cutting and stapling device specifically designed for the bariatric and thoracic surgery markets.

The Company completed the design verification for and applied Conformité Européenne, or the CE Mark, to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in March 2012. The Company initiated first-in-man use of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, and began enrollment in a clinical trial in July 2012. The Company completed enrollment of 160 patients in May 2013, with the 30 day follow up as outlined in the clinical trial protocol. The Company submitted a 510(k) with clinical data of the MicroCutter XCHNAGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. As part of the Company’s controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, the Company made its first shipment to their distributor in Europe. The Company now has agreements with four distributors in Europe covering eight countries. The Company will continue to make enhancements and improvements to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 based on feedback from surgeons.

To date, the Company generated revenues almost exclusively from the sale of automated anastomotic systems, and have generated minimal revenues from the commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, as it was only introduced to the European market in December 2012.

Liquidity

The Company has incurred cumulative net losses of $153.6 million through June 30, 2013, negative cash flows from operating activities and expects to incur losses for the next several years. Management plans to continue to finance the Company’s operations with equity or debt issuances or through collaboration arrangements. There is no guarantee that such funding will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all, or that such funding will be received in a timely manner, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of its development or commercialization programs. There is no guarantee that the Company will be able to reduce its expenditures without materially and adversely affecting the business. These conditions, among other factors, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty related to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

62

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) generally requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained in checking, money market and mutual fund investment accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities remaining on the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables and other receivables. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value, which approximates fair value. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable on a case-by-case basis and makes adjustments to the bad debt reserve for expected losses. The Company considers factors such as ability to pay, bankruptcy, credit ratings, payment history and past-due status of the accounts. If circumstances related to customers change, estimates of recoverability would be further adjusted. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded $33,000 of bad debt reserve.

Available-for-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities consist primarily of corporate debt securities, commercial papers, and certificates of deposits, and, by the Company's investment policy, restrict exposure to any single corporate issuer by imposing concentration limits. Although maturities may extend beyond one year, it is management's intent that these securities are available for use in current operations, and therefore, they are classified as short-term.

The Company held investments in marketable securities as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, with maturity dates of less than one year. The Company records its marketable securities at fair value and classifies them as available-for-sale. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Interest on securities classified as available-for-sale is included in interest income. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are classified as other comprehensive income or loss and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized.

Short-term investments are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	As of June 30, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities:
Corporate debt securities	$	5,527	$	—	$	(5	)	$	5,522
Commercial paper		500		—		—			500
Total	$	6,027	$	—	$	(5	)	$	6,022

	As of June 30, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities:
Corporate debt securities	$	4,246	$	—	$	(3	)	$	4,243
Commercial paper		1,000		—		(1	)		999
Certificates of deposits		932		—		(1	)		931
Total	$	6,178	$	—	$	(5	)	$	6,173

Restricted Cash

Under an operating lease for its facility in Redwood City, California, the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit with a restricted cash balance at the Company’s bank. A certificate of deposit of $100,000 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, has been recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets, related to the letter of credit (see Note 5).

63

A certificate of deposit of $4,000 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, has been recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets related to the deposit on the Company’s merchant credit card.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Certain Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments with high-credit quality financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the institutions holding the cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments securities to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet. The Company sells its products to hospitals in the U.S. and Europe and to distributors in Europe, Japan and Saudi Arabia that resell the products to hospitals. The Company does not require collateral to support credit sales. The Company has had insignificant credit losses to date.

The following table illustrates total net revenue from the geographic location in which the Company’s customers are located.

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
United States		53	%		59	%		89	%
Japan		29	%		29	%		7	%
Europe		17	%		12	%		4	%
Rest of world		1	%		—			—

The following table illustrates concentrations of credit risk for the periods presented.

	Percent of Total Net Revenue for Fiscal Year Ended June 30,									Percent of Total Accounts Receivable as of June 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2013			2012
Century Medical		29	%		29	%		7	%		33	%		—

As of June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended, no other customer accounted for equal to or greater than 10% of net revenue of account receivable balances. The Company does not believe that accounts receivable from Century Medical represent a significant credit risk based on past collection experiences and the general creditworthiness of that customer.

The Company depends upon a number of key suppliers, including single source suppliers, the loss of which would materially harm the Company’s business. Single source suppliers are relied upon for certain components and services used in manufacturing the Company’s products. The Company does not have long-term contracts with any of the suppliers; rather, purchase orders are submitted for each order. Because long-term contracts do not exist, none of the suppliers are required to provide the Company any guaranteed minimum quantities.

Inventories

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of all inventories, including materials, work-in-process and finished goods, to determine whether adjustments for impairment are required. Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Further reduced demand may result in the need for additional inventory write-downs in the near term. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of product sales and establish a lower cost basis for the inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which are generally three to five years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is assessed using discounted cash flows. Through June 30, 2013, there have been no indications of impairment; therefore, the Company has recorded no such losses.

64

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) title has transferred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company uses contracts and customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement. The Company uses shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify that title has transferred. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based upon the terms of the agreement associated with the transaction. To determine whether collection is probable, the Company assesses a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If the Company determines that collection is not reasonably assured, then the recognition of revenue is deferred until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of payment.

The Company records product sales net of estimated product returns and discounts from the list prices for its products. The amounts of product returns and the discount amounts have not been material to date. The Company’s sales to distributors do not include price protection or product return rights, outside of standard warranties. The Company includes shipping and handling costs in cost of product sales.

Payments that are contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone are recognized in their entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved subject to satisfaction of all revenue recognition criteria at that time. Revenue generated from license fees and performing development services are recognized when they are earned and non-refundable upon receipt, over the period of performance, or upon incurrence of the related development expenses in accordance with contractual terms, based on the actual costs incurred to date plus overhead costs for certain project activities. Amounts paid but not yet earned on a project are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as performance is rendered or the related development expenses, plus overhead costs for certain project activities, are incurred.

When a sale combines multiple elements upon performance of multiple services, the Company allocates revenue for transactions that include multiple elements to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price, and recognizes revenue for each unit of accounting when the revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company follows the selling price hierarchy as outlined in the guidance Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. The guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if available and when VSOE is not available, and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company uses BESP to determine the standalone selling price for such deliverables. The Company has an established process for developing BESP, which incorporates, pricing practices, historical selling prices, the effect of market conditions as well as entity-specific factors. Estimated selling price is monitored and evaluated on a regular basis to ensure that changes in circumstances are accounted for in a timely manner. 

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for internally sponsored research and development, direct expenses, research-related overhead expenses, and costs incurred on development contracts. Research and development costs are charged to research and development expenses as incurred.

Clinical Trials

The Company accrues and expenses costs for clinical trial activities performed by third parties based upon estimates of the percentage of work completed over the life of the individual study in accordance with agreements established with contract research organizations and clinical trial sites. The Company determines the estimates through discussion with internal clinical personnel and outside service providers as to progress or stage of completion of trials or services and the agreed upon fee to be paid for such services. Costs of setting up clinical trial sites for participation in the trials are expensed immediately as research and development expenses. Clinical trial site costs related to patient enrollment are accrued as patients are entered into the trial.

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable term of the Company’s facility operating lease. The difference between the actual amounts paid and amounts recorded as rent expense is recorded to deferred rent. The current portion of deferred rent is recorded as other accrued liabilities, while the non-current portion is recorded in other non-current liabilities.

65

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, if applicable. There was no interest expense or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded through June 30, 2013.

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting purposes. All of the Company’s operations are in the United States and all of its long-lived assets are maintained in the United States.

Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period without consideration of potential common shares. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period less the dilutive potential common shares for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, options and warrants to purchase stock and unvested restricted stock awards are considered to be potential common shares and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share when their effect is dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,575	)	$	(3,517	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		40,842			30,547			25,620
Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share		40,842			30,547			25,620
Basic and diluted net loss per common share	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.14	)

The following table sets forth the outstanding securities not included in the diluted net loss per common share calculation for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, because their effect would be antidilutive (in thousands):

	As of June 30,
	2013		2012
Options to purchase common stock		3,936		3,854
Non-vested restricted stock units and awards		46		46
Warrants		3,991		3,991
		7,973		7,891

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to employee and director share-based compensation plans, including stock options and restricted stock units, is measured on the grant date, based on the fair value-based measurement of the award and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period which generally equals the vesting period of each grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the accelerated method.

The Company selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining the estimated fair value-based measurements of share-based awards. The use of the Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions including expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company used the following assumptions in its fair value-based measurements:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Risk-free interest rate	0.44% – 0.74%		0.58% – 0.83%		0.89% – 2.17%
Dividend yield		–		–		–
Weighted-average expected life (years)	3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6
Volatility	78% – 88%		86% – 93%		73% – 92%

66

The expected term of options granted is determined using the “simplified” method. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of each option is based on a risk-free zero-coupon spot interest rate at the time of grant. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock price. Prior to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, since the Company had limited historical data on volatility of its stock, the expected volatility was based on the volatility of similar entities (referred to as “guideline” companies). In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. The Company estimates forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expenses under ASC 718 of $0.9 million, or $0.02 per share, $0.7 million, or $0.02 per share, and $0.6 million, or $0.02 per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total compensation expense related to unvested awards not yet recognized is approximately $0.5 million at June 30, 2013, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.

Included in the statement of operations is the following non-cash stock-based compensation expense for the periods reported, including non-employee stock based compensation expense and the amortization of deferred compensation (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of product sales	$	88	$	82	$	56
Research and development		236		162		137
Selling, general and administrative		598		631		387
Total	$	922	$	875	$	580

Note 2. Fair Value Measurements 

FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company does not have any liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. All assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis have been segregated into the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date. These assets measured at fair value are summarized below (in thousands):

	As of June 30, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	5,462	$	—	$	—	$	5,462
Short-term investments:
Corporate debt securities		—		5,522		—		5,522
Commercial paper		—		500		—		500
Total assets at fair value	$	5,462	$	6,022	$	—	$	11,484

67

	As of June 30, 2012
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	6,805	$	—	$	—	$	6,805
Commercial paper		—		500		—		500
Short-term investments:
Corporate debt securities		—		4,243		—		4,243
Commercial paper		—		999		—		999
Certificates of deposits		—		931		—		931
Total assets at fair value	$	6,805	$	6,673	$	—	$	13,478

Funds held in money market instruments, are included in Level 1 as their fair values are based on market prices/quotes for identical assets in active markets.

Corporate debt securities, commercial papers, federal agency bonds and certificates of deposits are valued primarily using market prices comparable securities, bid/ask quotes, interest rate yields, and prepayment spreads and are included in Level 2.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company’s material financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value except for its note payable, including its trade accounts receivable and accounts payable, are reported at their current carrying values which approximate fair value given the short term nature of these instruments that have maturity dates of less than one year. As of June 30, 2013, the Company’s note payable was reported at its current carrying value which approximates fair value based on Level 3 unobservable inputs involving discounted cash flows and the estimated market rate of borrowing that could be obtained by companies with credit risk similar to the Company’s.

Note 3. Inventories 

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013		June 30, 2012
Raw materials	$	473	$	170
Work in progress		594		128
Finished goods		390		278
Total	$	1,457	$	576

Note 4. Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2013			2012
Computer hardware and software	$	62		$	62
Office furniture and equipment		27			27
Machinery and equipment		5,916			3,630
Leasehold improvements		174			163
		6,179			3,882
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(3,079	)		(1,979	)
Subtotal		3,100			1,903
Construction in process (1)		61			401
Total	$	3,161		$	2,304

(1) Construction in process includes equipments paid based on installment plan, but not yet placed in service pending completion. The completion dates for these equipments range from three months to two years, and the future payments are immaterial.

Note 5. Commitments and Contingencies

On November 11, 2010, the Company entered into an amendment to its facility lease (the “Lease Amendment”). Pursuant to the Lease Amendment, the term of the lease was extended by four years, through August 31, 2015, and the Company was granted an improvement allowance of $148,070 to be used in connection with the construction of alterations and refurbishment of improvements in the premises, which was used and reimbursed in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012. The leasehold improvement allowance will be recorded as a reduction of rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In addition, under the Lease Amendment, the Company was granted an option to further extend the lease for a period of two years beyond August 31, 2015 (the “Option Term”), with the annual rent payable by the Company during the Option Term to be equal to the annual rent for comparable buildings, as described in the Lease Amendment. Under the operating lease, the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit with a restricted cash balance at the Company’s bank. A certificate of deposit of $100,000 was recorded as restricted cash in the condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, related to the letter of credit.

68

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases having initial terms of a year or more as of June 30, 2013, including the Lease Amendment, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year ending June 30,	Operating Leases
2014		649
2015		690
2016		118
Total minimum lease payments	$	1,457

Rent expense for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Note 6. Distribution, License, Development and Commercialization Agreements 

Century

On September 2, 2011, the Company signed a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Century Medical, Inc. (“Century”) with respect to distribution of the Company’s planned microcutter products in Japan. Under the terms of a secured note purchase agreement, Century agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $4.0 million, with principal due in September 30, 2016, under the agreement, subject to certain conditions. Under this facility, the Company received $2.0 million on September 30, 2011, and the remaining $2.0 million on December 27, 2011. The note bears 5% annual interest which is payable quarterly in arrears through September 30, 2016, the maturity date when the total $4.0 million of principal becomes due. In return for the loan commitment, the Company granted Century distribution rights to the Company’s planned microcutter product line in Japan, and a right of first negotiation for distribution rights in Japan to future products. Century will be responsible for securing regulatory approval from the Ministry of Health in Japan for the microcutter product line. After approval for marketing in Japan, the Company would sell microcutter units to Century, who would then sell the microcutter devices to their customers in Japan.

Proceeds from the note and granting the distribution rights were allocated to the note based on its aggregate fair value of $2.4 million at the dates of receipt. This fair value was determined by discounting cashflows using a discount rate of 18%, which the Company estimated a market rate of borrowing that could be obtained by companies with credit risk similar to the Company’s. The remainder of the proceeds of $1.6 million was recognized as debt issuance discount and was allocated to the value of the distribution rights granted to Century under the Distribution Agreement and is included in deferred revenue. The deferred revenue will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Distribution Agreement, beginning upon the first sale by Century of the microcutter products in Japan.

Cook Incorporated

In June 2007, the Company entered into, and in September 2007 and in June 2009 amended, a license, development and commercialization agreement with Cook, to develop and commercialize a specialized device, referred to as the PFO device, designed to close holes in the heart from genetic heart defects known as patent foramen ovales (“PFOs”). Under the agreement, Cook funded certain development activities and the Company and Cook jointly developed the device. The Company’s significant deliverables under the arrangement were the license rights and the associated development activities. These deliverables were determined to represent one unit of accounting as there was no standalone value to the license rights. If developed, Cook would receive an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant sublicenses, to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import the PFO device. Under this agreement, the Company received no payments in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Amounts paid but not yet earned on the project are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as the related development expenses for certain project activities are incurred. A total of $0.4 million under this agreement has been recorded as deferred development revenue on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2013. On January 6, 2010, the Company and Cook mutually agreed to suspend work on the PFO project and, accordingly, the Company does not anticipate receiving any additional payments or recording any additional revenue related to this agreement in the foreseeable future.

Intuitive Surgical

On August 16, 2010, the Company entered into a license agreement with Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc., or Intuitive Surgical, (the “License Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company granted to Intuitive Surgical a worldwide, sublicenseable, exclusive license to use the Company’s intellectual property in the robotics field in diagnostic or therapeutic medical procedures, but excluding vascular anastomosis applications, for an upfront license fee of $9.0 million. The Company is also eligible to receive a contingent payment related to achieving a certain sales volume. Each party has the right to terminate the License Agreement in the event of the other party’s uncured material breach or bankruptcy. Following any termination of the License Agreement, the licenses granted to Intuitive Surgical will continue, and except in the case of termination for the Company’s uncured material breach or insolvency, Intuitive Surgical’s payment obligations will continue as well. Under the License Agreement, Intuitive Surgical has rights to improvements in the Company’s technology and intellectual property over a specified period of time.

69

The Company determined that there were two substantive deliverables under the License Agreement representing separate units of accounting: license rights to technology that existed as of August 16, 2010, and license rights to technology that may be developed over the following three years. The $9.0 million upfront license payment and $1.0 million premium on the stock purchase by Intuitive Surgical (see Note 8) were aggregated and allocated to the two units of accounting based upon the relative estimated selling prices of the deliverables. The relative estimated selling prices of the deliverables were determined using a probability weighted expected return model with significant inputs relating to the nature of potential future outcomes and the probability of occurrence of future outcomes. Based upon the relative estimated selling prices of the deliverables, $9.0 million of the total consideration of $10.0 million was allocated to the license rights to technology that existed as of August 16, 2010, that has been recognized as revenue in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, and $1.0 million was allocated to technology that may be developed over the following three years that is being recognized as revenue ratably over that three year period. In total, the revenue recognized for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, related to this arrangement were $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and as of June 30, 2013, $41,000 of deferred revenue related to this arrangement.

Note 7. Notes Payable 

In June 2003, the Company entered into, and in March 2007 amended, a distribution agreement with Century Medical, Inc. (“Century"). Also in June 2003, the Company issued a subordinated note to Century in the amount of $3.0 million due in June 2008 bearing 5% interest per annum. In March 2007, Century and the Company restructured the note payable such that the note was no longer subordinate, the Company paid $1.0 million in April 2007 and the remaining $2.0 million of the note payable was due in June 2010. On April 1, 2010, the Company entered into the Note Agreement Amendment, under which the Company made a principal payment of $0.6 million to Century in April 2010, with the remaining $1.4 million principal amount owed to Century becoming due on June 17, 2011, which was one year later than the maturity date prior to the Note Agreement Amendment. On August 17, 2010, the Company repaid the remaining $1.4 million principal balance and interest due to Century.

In connection with the Distribution Agreement with Century (see Note 6), the Company entered into a secured note purchase agreement and a related security agreement pursuant to which Century agreed to loan to the Company up to an aggregate of $4.0 million, which amount was received in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.  Under this facility, the Company received $2.0 million on September 30, 2011, and the remaining $2.0 million on December 27, 2011. This note bears 5% annual interest which is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of March, June, September and December of each year through September 30, 2016, the maturity date when the total $4.0 million of principal becomes due. The debt issuance discount of approximately $1.6 million is reflected as a reduction in long-term debt and is being amortized as interest expense over the term of the note using the effective interest method. The note is secured by substantially all of the Company's assets, including the Company’s intellectual property related to the PAS-Port® Proximal Anastomosis System, but excluding all other intellectual property, until the note is repaid. There are no covenants associated with this debt.

The Company made interest payments of $200,000, $77,000 and $11,000 in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The interest payable at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, was $50,000 and $50,000, respectively, and included in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity

The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 80,000,000 shares, with 75,000,000 shares designated as common stock and 5,000,000 shares designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders of the Company. Subject to the preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared to date.

On March 20, 2013, the Company completed the sale of 14,251,368 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $1.05 per share. Net proceeds from the financing to the Company were $14.0 million.

On August 3, 2011, the Company entered into the At The Market Issuance Sales Agreement (the “ATM Agreement”) with McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC (“MLV”), which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, the Company may issue and sell up to $10.0 million of the Company’s common stock through MLV as the Company’s sales agent over the term of the ATM Agreement. The ATM Agreement provides that the offering of shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the ATM Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (1) the sale of all common stock subject to the ATM Agreement, (2) August 2, 2014, and (3) termination of the ATM Agreement which may be effected by either MLV or the Company at any time upon 10 days’ notice to the other party. As of June 30, 2013, the Company received net proceeds of $0.8 million from the sale of an aggregate of 445,593 shares of common stock through MLV, of which net proceeds of $0.7 million and 414,099 shares of common stock were sold during fiscal year 2013.

70

On August 16, 2010, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Intuitive Surgical pursuant to which Intuitive Surgical paid $3.0 million to purchase from the Company an aggregate of 1,249,541 newly-issued shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Issuance”). The net proceeds recorded to stockholders’ equity based upon the fair value of the common stock on August 16, 2010, were approximately $2.0 million after offering expenses. See Note 6, Distribution, License, Development and Commercialization Agreements, for a discussion of the accounting treatment of the premium paid of $1.0 million, which is the amount Intuitive Surgical paid above the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement. There were no underwriters or placement agents involved with the Stock Issuance, and no underwriting discounts or commissions or similar fees were payable in connection with the Stock Issuance. Under the associated Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Intuitive Surgical, the Company was required to meet certain obligations with respect to (1) filing a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to all common stock issued to Intuitive Surgical, and (2) using its reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective within a specified number of days after filing the registration statement. The Company filed a registration statement related to the stock issued to Intuitive Surgical, and it was declared effective within the timeframes specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. If such registration statement ceases for any reason to be effective for a specified number of days within a given period of time, the Company is required to pay to Intuitive Surgical (or the holder of the shares subject to the rights, if such rights have been transferred), as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount in cash equal to 1% of the aggregate purchase price paid pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement for the shares then held by Intuitive Surgical or holder, as applicable. Such amount must be paid within a specified period of time following the occurrence of an event triggering the requirement to make a payment and on each monthly anniversary thereafter until such event is cured. There is no specified maximum amount to be paid under these provisions. The Company has assessed the likelihood of making any such liquidated damages payments to Intuitive Surgical as remote and has not recorded any contingent liability related to these potential payments.

On December 14, 2010, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Aspire Capital”), which provided that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, Aspire Capital was committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Purchase Shares”) over the term of the Purchase Agreement at purchase prices determined in accordance with the Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, on any trading day on which the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock exceeded $1.00 per share, the Company had the right, in its sole discretion, to present Aspire Capital with a purchase notice, directing Aspire Capital to purchase up to (i) 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock per trading day if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock was above $1.00 per share, (ii) 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock per trading day if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock was above $2.25 per share and (iii) 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock per trading day if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock was above $3.50 per share. The purchase price per Purchase Share was to equal to the lesser of (i) the lowest sale price of the Company’s common stock on the purchase date or (ii) the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing sale prices for the Company’s common stock during the twelve consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately preceding the purchase date.

In consideration for entering into the Purchase Agreement, concurrently with the execution of the Purchase Agreement, the Company issued to Aspire Capital 295,567 shares of the Company’s common stock as a commitment fee (the “Commitment Shares”). The value of the Commitment Shares of $966,000 and other costs related to entering into the Purchase Agreement of $134,000 represented financing costs that were recorded to additional paid-in capital upon capital being raised under the Purchase Agreement. The Purchase Agreement provided that the Company may not issue and sell more than 4,930,747 shares of the Company’s common stock, including the Commitment Shares.

The Purchase Agreement terminated on February 10, 2013, and 166,759 shares of the Company’s common stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement were returned to the Company as the maximum numbers of shares available under the Purchase Agreement were not sold to Aspire. Based on the quoted price, the shares were valued at $1.38 per share, or $230,000. The Company is no longer entitled to sell any further shares of its common stock to Aspire Capital under the Purchase Agreement. Through the termination date, a total of 1,478,808 shares of common stock (including the 128,808 Commitment Shares) had been issued to Aspire Capital pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and $4.4 million of capital had been raised through the sale of 1,350,000 shares of common stock at an average price of $3.23 per share. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company did not issue any shares under the Purchase Agreement.

71

Preferred Stock

The Company has 5,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock issuable in one or more series. Upon issuance the Company can determine the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series and the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of the preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company or other corporate action. There was no preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

Shares Reserved

Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance are as follows:

	June 30, 2013
Stock options and RSUs outstanding		3,981,895
Shares available for grant under stock option plan		1,475,191
Warrants for common stock		3,991,205
		9,448,291

Stock Options

In 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “1997 Plan”). The 1997 Plan provides for the granting of options to purchase common stock and the issuance of shares of common stock, subject to Company repurchase rights, to directors, employees and consultants. Certain options are immediately exercisable, at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an unvested option are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase which lapses over periods specified by the board of directors, generally four years from the date of grant. In February 2006, the Company terminated all remaining unissued shares under the 1997 Plan. Although the 1997 Plan terminated, all outstanding options thereunder will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

In October 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and in December 2005 the stockholders approved, the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Plan”). A total of 5,400,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

Stock awards granted under the 2005 Plan may either be incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock bonuses or rights to acquire restricted stock. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of no less than the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors, and nonstatutory options may be granted to employees, directors or consultants at exercise prices of no less than the fair value. If, at the time the Company grants an option, the awardee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the option price shall be at least 110% of the fair value and shall not be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant. Options may be granted with vesting terms as determined by the Board of Directors. Options expire no more than 10 years after the date of grant, or earlier if employment is terminated.

Common stock options may include a provision whereby the holder, while an employee, director or consultant, may elect at any time to exercise the option as to any part or all of the shares subject to the option prior to the full vesting of the option. Any unvested shares so purchased are subject to repurchase by the Company at its option and at a price equal to the original purchase price of the stock. The Company does not consider the stock issued upon exercise of an unvested stock option substantively exercised, and the cash paid for the exercise price is considered a deposit or a prepayment of the exercise price that is recognized by the Company as a liability. As the underlying shares vest, the deposit liability is reclassified as equity. As of June 30, 2013 and 2012, no such shares are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase and excluded from stockholders’ equity.

Award activity under all Plans is as follows:

				Outstanding Options
	Shares Available for Grant			Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share
Balance at June 30, 2011		837,304			3,381,738		$	2.59
Shares reserved		750,000			—			—
Restricted stock awards granted		(86,000	)		—			—
Options granted		(899,400	)		899,400			2.13
Options exercised		—			(163,438	)		2.01
Options forfeited		263,529			(263,529	)		2.86
Balance at June 30, 2012		865,433			3,854,171		$	2.53
Shares reserved		750,000			—			—
Restricted stock awards granted		(48,000	)		—			—
Options granted		(671,150	)		671,150			1.53
Options exercised		—			(10,518	)		1.31
Options forfeited		578,908			(578,908	)		2.22
Balance at June 30, 2013		1,475,191			3,935,895		$	2.43

72

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding, vested and exercisable at June 30, 2013:

Options Outstanding							Options exercisable
Exercise Prices	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
$1.12 – $1.55		1,938,616		3.57		1.25		1,658,108		1.26
$1.56 – $2.85		1,468,991		4.72		2.18		810,196		2.34
$2.86 – $9.75		528,288		2.16		7.43		513,349		7.54
Total outstanding		3,935,895		3.81	$	2.43		2,981,533	$	2.63
Options vested and expected to vest		3,836,031		3.76	$	2.44

The weighted average remaining contractual life for all currently exercisable options as of June 30, 2013, was 3.3 years. The aggregate intrinsic value as of June 30, 2013, of all outstanding options was $0, options vested and expected to vest was $0 and options exercisable was $0, as a result of the fair market value at June 30, 2013 was below the grant price ranges. The aggregate intrinsic value as of June 30, 2012, of all outstanding options was $1,116,000, options vested and expected to vest was $1,093,000 and options exercisable was $769,000.

The weighted-average estimated grant date fair value of options granted to employees and directors during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.03, $1.45 and $1.27 per share, respectively. The intrinsic value of all options exercised during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4,000, $122,000 and $91,000, respectively. The fair value of all stock options actually vesting in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $746,000, $734,000 and $706,000, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units and Awards

The following table summarizes information about restricted stock activity.

	Shares
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2011		20,500
Awarded		86,000
Vested		(60,500	)
Forfeited		—
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2012		46,000
Awarded		48,000
Vested		(48,000	)
Forfeited		—
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2013		46,000

The aggregate intrinsic value as of June 30, 2013, of all non-vested restricted stock awards was $51,000, awards expected to vest was $46,000.

The estimated grant date fair value of awards granted during fiscal years 2013 and 2012, was $1.43 and $1.82 per share, respectively. No restricted stock awards were granted in fiscal year 2011. The intrinsic value of all awards granted during fiscal years 2013 and 2012 was $66,000 and $80,000, respectively. The fair value of all stock awards actually vesting in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $75,000, $73,000 and $189,000, respectively.

The fair value of each restricted stock award is estimated based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. Share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units and awards is recognized over the requisite service period as adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

73

Warrants

The Company has outstanding warrants to purchase common stock that are all exercisable at June 30, 2013, as follows:

Shares		Exercise Price Per Share		Expiration
	3,991,205		$1.45	September 2014

Note 9. Income Taxes 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2013			2012
Net operating loss carry-forwards	$	51,005		$	45,884
Research credits		2,868			2,236
Capitalized research and development expenses		—			27
Fixed asset depreciation		(71	)		110
Stock compensation		936			469
Deferred revenue		806			305
Other		617			303
Total deferred tax assets		56,161			49,334
Valuation allowance		(56,161	)		(49,334	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The net valuation allowance increased by approximately $6.8 million, $5.6 million and $1.5 million during fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company had federal net operating loss carry-forwards and research credit carry-forwards of approximately $134.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The net operating loss carry-forwards begin to expire in the fiscal year 2019. The federal credits begin to expire in fiscal year 2021 if not utilized. Additionally, the Company’s state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $102.3 million begin to expire in the fiscal year 2017 and the Company has state research credit carry-forwards of $3.3 million. The California state credit carry-forwards have an unlimited carry-forward period and the State of Arizona credits begin to expire in fiscal year 2024.

Included in the valuation allowance balance as of June 30, 2013, is $0.3 million related to the exercise of stock options which are not reflected as an expense for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, any future reduction in the valuation allowance relating to this amount will be credited directly to equity and not reflected as an income tax benefit in the Statement of Operations.

The reconciliation of income tax benefits attributable to the net loss computed at the U.S. federal statutory rates to the income tax benefit recorded (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate	$	(5,487	)	$	(4,648	)	$	(1,184	)
Loss for which no tax benefit is currently recognizable		5,341			4,502			1,088
Stock based compensation		128			131			96
Other, net		18			15			—
	$	—		$	—		$	—

Utilization of the net operating loss carry-forwards and credit carry-forwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the limitations set forth in Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company concluded a detailed analysis to determine whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code had occurred. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of the net operating loss carry-forwards and credit carry-forwards attributable to periods before the change. Any subsequent ownership changes could further limit the use of net operating losses and credits. The Company concluded that approximately $4.9 million of federal net operating loss carry-forwards, $1.5 million of federal credit carry-forwards, $122,000 of California state credit carry-forwards and approximately $19.5 million of California state net operating loss carry-forwards are significantly limited to offset future income, if any. The reductions are reflected in the amounts for deferred tax assets for net operating loss carry-forwards above. However, the Company had issued additional shares in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, that may have triggered further limitations on the net operating loss carry-forwards and credit-forwards included in the deferred tax assets.

74

At June 30, 2013, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $939,000, all of which would not currently affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized due to the Company’s deferred tax assets being fully offset by a valuation allowance. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
Balance at June 30, 2011	$	687
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		81
Reductions for tax positions of prior year		(12	)
Balance at June 30, 2012		756
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		183
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	939

The Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, if applicable. There was no interest expense or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded through June 30, 2013. The tax years 1998 through 2013 remain open to examination by one or more major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plan

In January 2001, the Company adopted a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan that allows voluntary contributions by eligible employees. Employees may elect to contribute up to the maximum allowed under the Internal Revenue Service regulations. The Company may make discretionary contributions as determined by the Board of Directors. No amount was contributed by the Company to the plan during fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Note 11. Indemnification

From time to time, the Company enters into contracts that require the Company, upon the occurrence of certain contingencies, to indemnify parties against third-party claims. These contingent obligations primarily relate to (i) claims against the Company’s customers for violation of third-party intellectual property rights caused by the Company’s products; (ii) claims resulting from personal injury or property damage resulting from the Company’s activities or products; (iii) claims by the Company’s office lessor arising out of the Company’s use of the premises; and (iv) agreements with the Company’s officers and directors under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their activities on behalf of the Company. Because the obligated amounts for these types of agreements usually are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum potential amount of these obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. No liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the Company’s balance sheets as of June 30, 2013 or 2012, as there are no amounts currently estimable and probable of payment.

Note 12. Subsequent Event

On August 16, 2013, the Company filed regulatory documents with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for marketing clearance of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, a cutting and stapling device designed to be used in multiple open and minimally invasive surgical procedures. The submission to the FDA includes the results of the Company's recently completed MicroCutter European Trial (MET1) and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. The Company anticipates the earliest of such clearance would be in the first half of calendar 2014.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information is not applicable or is presented in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

75

3. Exhibits

Reference is made to the Exhibit Index which follows the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference here.

Financial Statement Schedules

Not applicable.

76

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

	Cardica, Inc.
	Registrant
September 25, 2013	/s/ ROBERT Y. NEWELL
Date	Robert Y. Newell
	Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Bernard A. Hausen and Robert Y. Newell, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution for him, and in his name in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, and any of them or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated on the date set forth below:

Name and Signature	Title	Date
/s/ BERNARD A. HAUSEN	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director	September 25, 2013
Bernard A. Hausen, M.D., Ph.D.	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ ROBERT Y. NEWELL	Chief Financial Officer	September 25, 2013
Robert Y. Newell	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ KEVIN T. LARKIN	Director	September 25, 2013
Kevin T. Larkin
/s/ RICHARD P. POWERS	Director	September 25, 2013
Richard P. Powers
/s/ JEFFREY L. PURVIN	Director	September 25, 2013
Jeffrey L. Purvin
/s/ JOHN SIMON	Director	September 25, 2013
John Simon, Ph.D.
/s/ WILLIAM H. YOUNGER, JR.	Director	September 25, 2013
William H. Younger, Jr.

77

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1 (1)	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as currently in effect.
3.2 (16)	Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cardica, Inc.
3.3 (17)	Certificate of Correction of Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cardica, Inc.
3.4 (24)	Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cardica, Inc.
3.5 (6)	Bylaws of the Registrant as currently in effect.
4.1 (1)	Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant.
4.2 (12)	Form of Warrant dated September 2009.
10.1 (1)	1997 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of related agreements and documents. +
10.2 (3)(24)	2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of related agreements and documents. +
10.2.1 (22)	Cardica, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective November 17, 2011. +
10.3 (1)	Office Lease Agreement dated April 25, 2003, and First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated January 21, 2004.
10.4 (8)	Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement, executed and delivered on December effective November 19, 2007.
10.5 (1)	Distribution Agreement by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc. dated June 16, 2003.†
10.6 (4)	First Amendment to Distribution Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc.†
10.7 (18)	Amendment No. 2 to Distribution Agreement, dated June 13, 2007, by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc. †
10.8 (18)	Amendment No. 3 to Distribution Agreement, dated January 24, 2008, by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc.
10.9 (13)	Amendment No. 4 to Distribution Agreement, dated April 1, 2010, by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc.†
10.10 (1)	Subordinated Convertible Note Agreement with Century Medical, Inc. dated June 16, 2003, and Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated August 6, 2003.†
10.11 (4)	Amendment No. 2 to Subordinated Convertible Note Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc. †
10.12 (13)	Amendment No. 3 to Subordinated Convertible Note Agreement, dated April 1, 2010, by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc. †
10.13 (4)	Amended and Restated Note issued pursuant to Amendment No. 2 to Subordinated Convertible Note Agreement with Century Medical, Inc.
10.14 (2)	Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 7, 2007, by and among Cardica, Inc., and the purchasers listed on the signature pages thereto.
10.15 (23)	Additional Compensation Information for named executive officers. +
10.16	Cardica, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation. +
10.17 (1)	Benefit Agreement with Bernard Hausen, M.D., Ph.D.+
10.18 (9)	Letter Agreement with Frederic M. Bauer+
10.19 (10)	Cardica, Inc. Change in Control and Severance Benefit Plan. +
10.20 (11)	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement. +
10.21 (5)	License, Development and Commercialization Agreement by and between the Company and Cook Incorporated, dated June 12, 2007.
10.22 (7)	Amendment to License, Development and Commercialization Agreement by and between Cardica, Inc. and Cook Incorporated, dated September 19, 2007.
10.23 (15)	Second Amendment to License, Development and Commercialization Agreement by and between Cardica, Inc. and Cook Incorporated, dated June 19, 2009.
10.24 (12)	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 29, 2009, by and among Cardica, Inc., and purchasers listed on the signature pages thereto.
10.25 (12)	Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 25, 2009, by and among Cardica, Inc., and the purchasers listed on the signature pages thereto.
10.26 (14)	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 16, 2010, by and between Cardica, Inc., and Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc.
10.27 (14)	Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 16, 2010, by and between Cardica, Inc., and Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc.
10.28 (18)	License Agreement, dated August 16, 2010, by and between Cardica, Inc., and Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. †
10.29 (19)	Consent Under Registration Rights Agreement by Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc., dated as of December 13, 2010.

78

10.30 (16)	Third Amendment to Office Lease, dated November 17, 2009, by and between Cardica, Inc., and HCP LS REDWOOD CITY, LLC (f/k/a Slough Redwood City, LLC).
10.31 (17)	Fourth Amendment to Lease dated November 11, 2010
10.32 (20)	At-The-Market Issuance Sales Agreement, dated August 3, 2011, by and between Cardica, Inc., and McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC.
10.33 (21)	Distribution Agreement by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc. dated September 2, 2011. †
10.34 (21)	Secured Note Purchase Agreement by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc. dated September 2, 2011. †
10.35 (21)	Security Agreement by and between Cardica, Inc. and Century Medical, Inc. dated September 2, 2011. †
10.36 (21)	Form of Secured Promissory Note to Century Medical
21.1 (1)	Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1	Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
31.1	Certification of chief executive officer.
31.2	Certification of chief financial officer.
32.1	Section 1350 Certification.
101.INS#	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH# 101.CAL# 101.DEF# 101.LAB# 101.PRE#	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition. XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document. XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

†	Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.
+	Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
#	Pursuant to applicable securities laws and regulations, Cardica, Inc. is deemed to have complied with the reporting obligation relating to the submission of interactive data files in such exhibits and is not subject to liability under any anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws as long as Cardica, Inc. has made a good faith attempt to comply with the submission requirements and promptly amend the interactive data files after becoming aware that the interactive data files fail to comply with the submission requirements. In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits is furnished and deemed not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
(1)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-129497, declared effective on February 2, 2006, as amended, and incorporated herein by reference.
(2)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 13, 2007, excluding Item 3.02 and incorporated herein by reference.
(3)	Forms of related agreements and documents to the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan are filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.
(4)	Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
(5)	Filed as exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2007, excluding Items 3.01 and incorporated herein by reference.
(6)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 19, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.
(7)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
(8)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 5, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.
(9)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q , File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.

79

(10)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 18, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.
(11)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.
(12)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.
(13)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
(14)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 20, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
(15)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 18, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.
(16)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 15, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
(17)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 16, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
(18)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.
(19)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(20)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 4, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(21)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(22)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772,  filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(23)	Filed as the description contained in Item 5.02 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference.
(24)	Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, File No. 000-51772,  filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.
(25)	The Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan is filed as an Annex to the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, File No. 000-51772,  filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.

80

EX-10

Exhibit 10.16

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Cash compensation for non-employee directors is as follows:

Position	Annual Retainer*		Board Meeting Attended				Committee Meeting Attended
			In Person		By Telephone		In Person		By Telephone
Board Chairman	$	35,000	$	2,000	$	500	$	650	$	500
Audit Committee Chairman	$	30,000	$	2,000	$	500	$	650	$	500
Compensation Committee Chairman	$	27,500	$	2,000	$	500	$	650	$	500
Nominating Committee Chairman	$	20,000	$	2,000	$	500	$	650	$	500
Board Member (other than Board or Committee Chairs)	$	20,000	$	2,000	$	500	$	650	$	500

*Each non-employee director is entitled to only one annual retainer fee.

Equity compensation for non-employee directors is as follows:

Annual Grants. Each year, immediately following Cardica, Inc.’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, each non-employee director will be granted an option to purchase 12,200 shares of the Company’s common stock. Each such option will vest monthly over the ensuing year.

Initial Grants. Automatically upon becoming a director, any new non-employee director shall be granted an option to purchase 36,100 shares of Cardica, Inc.’s common stock, vesting monthly over three years.

The foregoing cash compensation for non-employee directors was approved by Cardica, Inc.’s board of directors on November 13, 2012, effective immediately and the equity compensation for non-employee directors was approved by Cardica, Inc.’s board of directors on October 9, 2009, effective immediately.

EX-23

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Cardica, Inc

Redwood City, California

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-146708, 333-162780, 333-171195 and 333-171197) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-132155, 333-139134, 333-148196, 333-157387, 333-163291, 333-180378 and 333-187764) of Cardica, Inc. of our report dated September 25, 2013, relating to the financial statements of Cardica, Inc. which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Jose, California

September 25, 2013

EX-23

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1)	Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-132155) pertaining to the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan of Cardica, Inc.,
(2)	Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-139134, 333-148196, 333-157387, 333-163291, 333-180378 and 333-187764) pertaining to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan of Cardica, Inc., and
(3)	Registration Statements (Form S-3 Nos. 333-146708, 333-162780, 333-171195 and 333-171197) of Cardica, Inc. and in the related Prospectuses,

of our report dated September 28, 2012, with respect to the financial statements of Cardica, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Cardica, Inc. for the year ended June 30, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

September 25, 2013

EX-31

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Bernard A. Hausen, M.D., Ph.D., certify that;

1.     I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Cardica, Inc.;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: September 25, 2013	/s/ Bernard A. Hausen
	Bernard A. Hausen, M.D., Ph.D. President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Medical Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Robert Y. Newell, certify that;

1.     I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Cardica, Inc.;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: September 25, 2013	/s/ Robert Y. Newell
	Robert Y. Newell Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), Bernard A. Hausen, M.D., Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer of Cardica, Inc. (the "Company"), and Robert Y. Newell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2013, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 25th day of September, 2013.

 

/s/ Bernard A. Hausen	/s/ Robert Y. Newell
Bernard A. Hausen, M.D., Ph.D.	Robert Y. Newell
Chief Executive Officer	Chief Financial Officer

This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Cardica, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

XML

Note 9 - Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 9. Income Taxes 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2013			2012
Net operating loss carry-forwards	$	51,005		$	45,884
Research credits		2,868			2,236
Capitalized research and development expenses		—			27
Fixed asset depreciation		(71	)		110
Stock compensation		936			469
Deferred revenue		806			305
Other		617			303
Total deferred tax assets		56,161			49,334
Valuation allowance		(56,161	)		(49,334	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The net valuation allowance increased by approximately $6.8 million, $5.6 million and $1.5 million during fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company had federal net operating loss carry-forwards and research credit carry-forwards of approximately $134.1 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The net operating loss carry-forwards begin to expire in the fiscal year 2019. The federal credits begin to expire in fiscal year 2021 if not utilized. Additionally, the Company’s state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $102.3 million begin to expire in the fiscal year 2017 and the Company has state research credit carry-forwards of $3.3 million. The California state credit carry-forwards have an unlimited carry-forward period and the State of Arizona credits begin to expire in fiscal year 2024.

Included in the valuation allowance balance as of June 30, 2013, is $0.3 million related to the exercise of stock options which are not reflected as an expense for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, any future reduction in the valuation allowance relating to this amount will be credited directly to equity and not reflected as an income tax benefit in the Statement of Operations.

The reconciliation of income tax benefits attributable to the net loss computed at the U.S. federal statutory rates to the income tax benefit recorded (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate	$	(5,487	)	$	(4,648	)	$	(1,184	)
Loss for which no tax benefit is currently recognizable		5,341			4,502			1,088
Stock based compensation		128			131			96
Other, net		18			15			—
	$	—		$	—		$	—

Utilization of the net operating loss carry-forwards and credit carry-forwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the limitations set forth in Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, the Company concluded a detailed analysis to determine whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code had occurred. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation on the use of the net operating loss carry-forwards and credit carry-forwards attributable to periods before the change. Any subsequent ownership changes could further limit the use of net operating losses and credits. The Company concluded that approximately $4.9 million of federal net operating loss carry-forwards, $1.5 million of federal credit carry-forwards, $122,000 of California state credit carry-forwards and approximately $19.5 million of California state net operating loss carry-forwards are significantly limited to offset future income, if any. The reductions are reflected in the amounts for deferred tax assets for net operating loss carry-forwards above. However, the Company had issued additional shares in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, that may have triggered further limitations on the net operating loss carry-forwards and credit-forwards included in the deferred tax assets.

At June 30, 2013, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $939,000, all of which would not currently affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized due to the Company’s deferred tax assets being fully offset by a valuation allowance. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Amount
Balance at June 30, 2011	$	687
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		81
Reductions for tax positions of prior year		(12	)
Balance at June 30, 2012		756
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		183
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	939

The Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, if applicable. There was no interest expense or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded through June 30, 2013. The tax years 1998 through 2013 remain open to examination by one or more major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

XML

Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) - Unrecognized Tax Benefits (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Abstract]
Balance at June 30, 2011	$ 756,000	$ 687,000
Additions based on tax positions related to current year	183,000	81,000
Reductions for tax positions of prior year		(12,000)
Balance	$ 939,000	$ 756,000

XML

Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Net revenue
Product sales, net	$ 3,093	$ 3,274	$ 3,889
License and development revenue	336	336	9,277
Royalty revenue	70	71	77
Total net revenue	3,499	3,681	13,243
Operating costs and expenses
Cost of product sales	3,604	3,638	3,350
Research and development	9,145	7,220	7,495
Selling, general and administrative	6,410	6,139	5,920
Total operating costs and expenses	19,159	16,997	16,765
Loss from operations	(15,660)	(13,316)	(3,522)
Interest income	15	12	21
Interest expense	(457)	(268)	(11)
Other income (expense), net	(35)	(3)	(5)
Net loss before income tax benefit	(16,137)	(13,575)	(3,517)
Income tax benefit	0	0	0
Net loss	$ (16,137)	$ (13,575)	$ (3,517)
Basic and diluted net loss per share (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.40)	$ (0.44)	$ (0.14)
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share (in Shares)	40,842	30,547	25,620

XML

Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Disclosures [Text Block]

Note 2. Fair Value Measurements 

FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company does not have any liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. All assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis have been segregated into the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date. These assets measured at fair value are summarized below (in thousands):

	As of June 30, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	5,462	$	—	$	—	$	5,462
Short-term investments:
Corporate debt securities		—		5,522		—		5,522
Commercial paper		—		500		—		500
Total assets at fair value	$	5,462	$	6,022	$	—	$	11,484

	As of June 30, 2012
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	6,805	$	—	$	—	$	6,805
Commercial paper		—		500		—		500
Short-term investments:
Corporate debt securities		—		4,243		—		4,243
Commercial paper		—		999		—		999
Certificates of deposits		—		931		—		931
Total assets at fair value	$	6,805	$	6,673	$	—	$	13,478

Funds held in money market instruments, are included in Level 1 as their fair values are based on market prices/quotes for identical assets in active markets.

Corporate debt securities, commercial papers, federal agency bonds and certificates of deposits are valued primarily using market prices comparable securities, bid/ask quotes, interest rate yields, and prepayment spreads and are included in Level 2.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company’s material financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value except for its note payable, including its trade accounts receivable and accounts payable, are reported at their current carrying values which approximate fair value given the short term nature of these instruments that have maturity dates of less than one year. As of June 30, 2013, the Company’s note payable was reported at its current carrying value which approximates fair value based on Level 3 unobservable inputs involving discounted cash flows and the estimated market rate of borrowing that could be obtained by companies with credit risk similar to the Company’s.

XML

Note 3 - Inventories (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Inventory, Current [Table Text Block]

	June 30, 2013		June 30, 2012
Raw materials	$	473	$	170
Work in progress		594		128
Finished goods		390		278
Total	$	1,457	$	576

XML

Note 10 - Employee Benefit Plan

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 10. Employee Benefit Plan

In January 2001, the Company adopted a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan that allows voluntary contributions by eligible employees. Employees may elect to contribute up to the maximum allowed under the Internal Revenue Service regulations. The Company may make discretionary contributions as determined by the Board of Directors. No amount was contributed by the Company to the plan during fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Restricted Stock Activity (Restricted Stock [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Restricted Stock [Member]
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Restricted Stock Activity [Line Items]
Non-vested restricted stock	46,000	20,500
Awarded	48,000	86,000
Vested	(48,000)	(60,500)
Forfeited	0	0
Non-vested restricted stock	46,000	46,000

XML

Note 3 - Inventories (Details) - Inventory (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Inventory [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 473	$ 170
Work in progress	594	128
Finished goods	390	278
Total	$ 1,457	$ 576

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Tables) [Line Items]

Schedule of Stock Options Roll Forward [Table Text Block]

	June 30, 2013
Stock options and RSUs outstanding		3,981,895
Shares available for grant under stock option plan		1,475,191
Warrants for common stock		3,991,205
		9,448,291

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity [Table Text Block]

Options Outstanding							Options exercisable
Exercise Prices	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
$1.12 – $1.55		1,938,616		3.57		1.25		1,658,108		1.26
$1.56 – $2.85		1,468,991		4.72		2.18		810,196		2.34
$2.86 – $9.75		528,288		2.16		7.43		513,349		7.54
Total outstanding		3,935,895		3.81	$	2.43		2,981,533	$	2.63
Options vested and expected to vest		3,836,031		3.76	$	2.44

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units Activity [Table Text Block]

	Shares
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2011		20,500
Awarded		86,000
Vested		(60,500	)
Forfeited		—
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2012		46,000
Awarded		48,000
Vested		(48,000	)
Forfeited		—
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2013		46,000

Schedule of Stockholders' Equity Note, Warrants or Rights [Table Text Block]

Shares		Exercise Price Per Share		Expiration
	3,991,205		$1.45	September 2014

Employee Stock Option [Member]

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Tables) [Line Items]

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity [Table Text Block]

				Outstanding Options
	Shares Available for Grant			Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share
Balance at June 30, 2011		837,304			3,381,738		$	2.59
Shares reserved		750,000			—			—
Restricted stock awards granted		(86,000	)		—			—
Options granted		(899,400	)		899,400			2.13
Options exercised		—			(163,438	)		2.01
Options forfeited		263,529			(263,529	)		2.86
Balance at June 30, 2012		865,433			3,854,171		$	2.53
Shares reserved		750,000			—			—
Restricted stock awards granted		(48,000	)		—			—
Options granted		(671,150	)		671,150			1.53
Options exercised		—			(10,518	)		1.31
Options forfeited		578,908			(578,908	)		2.22
Balance at June 30, 2013		1,475,191			3,935,895		$	2.43

XML

Note 5 - Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases [Table Text Block]

Fiscal year ending June 30,	Operating Leases
2014		649
2015		690
2016		118
Total minimum lease payments	$	1,457

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Option Activity Under All Plans (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Option Activity Under All Plans [Line Items]
Balance	865,433	837,304
Balance	3,854,171	3,381,738
Balance (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.53	$ 2.59
Shares reserved	750,000	750,000
Options granted	(671,150)	(899,400)
Options granted	671,150	899,400
Options granted (in Dollars per share)	$ 1.53	$ 2.13
Options exercised	(10,518)	(163,438)
Options exercised (in Dollars per share)	$ 1.31	$ 2.01
Options forfeited	578,908	263,529
Options forfeited	(578,908)	(263,529)
Options forfeited (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.22	$ 2.86
Balance	1,475,191	865,433
Balance	3,935,895	3,854,171
Balance (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.43	$ 2.53
Restricted Stock [Member]
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Option Activity Under All Plans [Line Items]
Options granted	(48,000)	(86,000)

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive Securities	7,973	7,891
Employee Stock Option [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive Securities	3,936	3,854
Restricted Stock [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive Securities	46	46
Warrant [Member]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Antidilutive Securities	3,991	3,991

XML

Note 5 - Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Note 5 - Commitments and Contingencies (Details) [Line Items]
Leasehold Improvements, Gross		$ 148,070
Operating Leases, Rent Expense	600,000	600,000	700,000
Restricted Cash, Letter of Credit [Member]
Note 5 - Commitments and Contingencies (Details) [Line Items]
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents		$ 100,000

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Stockholders' Equity Note, Warrants or Rights (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013
Class of Warrant or Right [Line Items]
	3,991,205
Range One [Member]
Class of Warrant or Right [Line Items]
	3,991,205
(in Dollars per share)	$ 1.45
	Sep. 30, 2014

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Net Revenue from Geographic Location	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
United States [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Net Revenue from Geographic Location [Line Items]
Revenues, Percentage	53.00%	59.00%	89.00%
Japan [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Net Revenue from Geographic Location [Line Items]
Revenues, Percentage	29.00%	29.00%	7.00%
Europe [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Net Revenue from Geographic Location [Line Items]
Revenues, Percentage	17.00%	12.00%	4.00%
Segment, Geographical, Groups of Countries, Group One [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Net Revenue from Geographic Location [Line Items]
Revenues, Percentage	1.00%

XML

Note 7 - Notes Payable (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended			3 Months Ended			1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 27, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Dec. 27, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Century Medical [Member]	Aug. 31, 2010 Century Medical [Member]	Apr. 30, 2010 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Apr. 30, 2007 Century Medical [Member]	Apr. 30, 2007 Subordinated Debt [Member]	Jun. 30, 2003 Subordinated Debt [Member]
Note 7 - Notes Payable (Details) [Line Items]
Notes Payable								$ 4,000,000	$ 4,000,000		$ 1,400,000				$ 2,000,000		$ 3,000,000
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage			5.00%														5.00%
Repayments of Notes Payable	(2,390,000)	1,400,000								1,400,000	600,000					1,000,000
Proceeds from Secured Notes Payable				2,000,000	2,000,000	2,000,000	2,000,000
Debt Instrument, Unamortized Discount			1,600,000					1,600,000
Interest Expense, Debt												200,000	77,000	11,000
Interest Payable, Current								$ 50,000					$ 50,000

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment [Table Text Block]

	June 30,
	2013			2012
Computer hardware and software	$	62		$	62
Office furniture and equipment		27			27
Machinery and equipment		5,916			3,630
Leasehold improvements		174			163
		6,179			3,882
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(3,079	)		(1,979	)
Subtotal		3,100			1,903
Construction in process (1)		61			401
Total	$	3,161		$	2,304

XML

Statements of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Wedbush [Member] Common Stock [Member] USD ($)	Wedbush [Member] Additional Paid-in Capital [Member] USD ($)	Wedbush [Member] USD ($)	Aspire [Member] Common Stock [Member]	MLV [Member] Common Stock [Member]	MLV [Member] Additional Paid-in Capital [Member] USD ($)	MLV [Member] USD ($)	Common Stock [Member] USD ($)	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member] USD ($)	Treasury Stock [Member] USD ($)	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member] USD ($)	Retained Earnings [Member] USD ($)	Total USD ($)
Balance at June 30, 2010 at Jun. 30, 2010								$ 24	$ 127,381	$ (596)		$ (120,332)	$ 6,477
Balance at June 30, 2010 (in Shares) at Jun. 30, 2010								24,005,813
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash									240				240
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash (in Shares)								137,019
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted share units (in Shares)								47,175
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs								3	5,080				5,083
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs (in Shares)								2,445,108
Stock-based compensation expense									580				580
Net loss												(3,517)	(3,517)
Net change in unrealized loss on marketable securities											(1)		(1)
Balance at Jun. 30, 2011								27	133,281	(596)	(1)	(123,849)	8,862
Balance (in Shares) at Jun. 30, 2011								26,635,115
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash									134				134
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash (in Shares)								163,438
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted share units (in Shares)								60,500
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs								10	15,058				15,068
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs (in Shares)								9,652,335
Stock-based compensation expense									875				875
Net loss												(13,575)	(13,575)
Net change in unrealized loss on marketable securities											(4)		(4)
Balance at Jun. 30, 2012								37	149,348	(596)	(5)	(137,424)	11,360
Balance (in Shares) at Jun. 30, 2012								36,511,388
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash									88				88
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of employee stock options for cash (in Shares)								10,518
Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted share units (in Shares)								48,000
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs	14	13,998	14,012			729	729
Sale of common stock, net of financing costs (in Shares)	14,251,368			(166,759)	414,099								700,000
Stock-based compensation expense									922				922
Net loss												(16,137)	(16,137)
Balance at Jun. 30, 2013								$ 51	$ 165,085	$ (596)	$ (5)	$ (153,561)	$ 10,974
Balance (in Shares) at Jun. 30, 2013								51,068,614

XML

Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Net loss	$ (16,137)	$ (13,575)	$ (3,517)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment	1,154	858	711
Amortization of premiums on marketable securities	135
Loss on disposal or retirement of property and equipment	68	102
Stock-based compensation expense on grants of stock awards to non-employees	65	134	22
Stock-based compensation expense on grants of stock awards to employees	857	741	558
Allowance for doubtful account	33
Non cash interest expense	256	142
Changes in assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable	(125)	28	49
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(39)	(54)	71
Inventories	(881)	264	291
Restricted cash			50
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities	(86)	324	(80)
Accrued compensation	190	(120)	90
Deferred revenue	(336)	1,276	711
Other non-current liabilities	(19)	162	(27)
Net cash used in operating activities	(14,865)	(9,718)	(1,071)
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(2,079)	(2,550)	(87)
Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments	10,082	6,445
Purchases of short-term investments	(10,066)	(11,129)	(1,494)
Net cash used in investing activities	(2,063)	(7,234)	(1,581)
Financing activities
Proceeds from sales of common stock, net of issuance costs	14,741	15,068	5,083
Proceeds from issuance of (repayment of) notes payable		2,390	(1,400)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options	88	134	240
Net cash provided by financing activities	14,829	17,592	3,923
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(2,099)	640	1,271
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	8,472	7,832	6,561
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	6,373	8,472	7,832
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	200	77	11
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
Common stock issued in connection with entering into a common stock purchase agreement			$ 966

XML

Note 3 - Inventories

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Inventory Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 3. Inventories 

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

	June 30, 2013		June 30, 2012
Raw materials	$	473	$	170
Work in progress		594		128
Finished goods		390		278
Total	$	1,457	$	576

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies [Text Block]

Note 1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Organization

Cardica, Inc. ( the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on October 15, 1997, as Vascular Innovations, Inc. On November 26, 2001, the Company changed its name to Cardica, Inc. Historically, the Company’s business focused on the design, manufacture and marketing of proprietary automated anastomotic systems used by cardiac surgeons to perform coronary bypass surgery. The Company has expanded and re-focused its business by emphasizing the development of a laparoscopic microcutter product line intended for use by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons. The Company is developing a microcutter product line based on its proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology, which expands its commercial opportunity into additional surgical markets. The Company’s planned microcutter product line consists of the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 30, a cartridge based microcutter device with a 5 millimeter shaft diameter and a 30 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 45, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a 8 millimeter shaft and a 45 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 30, a true multi-fire endolinear stapling device, the MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE™ 30, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a flexible shaft to facilitate endoscopic procedures requiring cutting and stapling, and the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 45, a planned multi-fire endolinear microcutter device with a 45 millimeter staple line, a planned cutting and stapling device specifically designed for the bariatric and thoracic surgery markets.

The Company completed the design verification for and applied Conformité Européenne, or the CE Mark, to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in March 2012. The Company initiated first-in-man use of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, and began enrollment in a clinical trial in July 2012. The Company completed enrollment of 160 patients in May 2013, with the 30 day follow up as outlined in the clinical trial protocol. The Company submitted a 510(k) with clinical data of the MicroCutter XCHNAGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. As part of the Company’s controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, the Company made its first shipment to their distributor in Europe. The Company now has agreements with four distributors in Europe covering eight countries. The Company will continue to make enhancements and improvements to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 based on feedback from surgeons.

To date, the Company generated revenues almost exclusively from the sale of automated anastomotic systems, and have generated minimal revenues from the commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, as it was only introduced to the European market in December 2012.

Liquidity

The Company has incurred cumulative net losses of $153.6 million through June 30, 2013, negative cash flows from operating activities and expects to incur losses for the next several years. Management plans to continue to finance the Company’s operations with equity or debt issuances or through collaboration arrangements. There is no guarantee that such funding will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all, or that such funding will be received in a timely manner, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of its development or commercialization programs. There is no guarantee that the Company will be able to reduce its expenditures without materially and adversely affecting the business. These conditions, among other factors, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty related to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) generally requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained in checking, money market and mutual fund investment accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities remaining on the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables and other receivables. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value, which approximates fair value. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable on a case-by-case basis and makes adjustments to the bad debt reserve for expected losses. The Company considers factors such as ability to pay, bankruptcy, credit ratings, payment history and past-due status of the accounts. If circumstances related to customers change, estimates of recoverability would be further adjusted. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded $33,000 of bad debt reserve.

Available-for-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities consist primarily of corporate debt securities, commercial papers, and certificates of deposits, and, by the Company's investment policy, restrict exposure to any single corporate issuer by imposing concentration limits. Although maturities may extend beyond one year, it is management's intent that these securities are available for use in current operations, and therefore, they are classified as short-term.

The Company held investments in marketable securities as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, with maturity dates of less than one year. The Company records its marketable securities at fair value and classifies them as available-for-sale. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Interest on securities classified as available-for-sale is included in interest income. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are classified as other comprehensive income or loss and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized.

Short-term investments are summarized as follows (in thousands):

	As of June 30, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities:
Corporate debt securities	$	5,527	$	—	$	(5	)	$	5,522
Commercial paper		500		—		—			500
Total	$	6,027	$	—	$	(5	)	$	6,022

	As of June 30, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities:
Corporate debt securities	$	4,246	$	—	$	(3	)	$	4,243
Commercial paper		1,000		—		(1	)		999
Certificates of deposits		932		—		(1	)		931
Total	$	6,178	$	—	$	(5	)	$	6,173

Restricted Cash

Under an operating lease for its facility in Redwood City, California, the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit with a restricted cash balance at the Company’s bank. A certificate of deposit of $100,000 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, has been recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets, related to the letter of credit (see Note 5).

A certificate of deposit of $4,000 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, has been recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets related to the deposit on the Company’s merchant credit card.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Certain Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments with high-credit quality financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the institutions holding the cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments securities to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet. The Company sells its products to hospitals in the U.S. and Europe and to distributors in Europe, Japan and Saudi Arabia that resell the products to hospitals. The Company does not require collateral to support credit sales. The Company has had insignificant credit losses to date.

The following table illustrates total net revenue from the geographic location in which the Company’s customers are located.

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
United States		53	%		59	%		89	%
Japan		29	%		29	%		7	%
Europe		17	%		12	%		4	%
Rest of world		1	%		—			—

The following table illustrates concentrations of credit risk for the periods presented.

	Percent of Total Net Revenue for Fiscal Year Ended June 30,									Percent of Total Accounts Receivable as of June 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2013			2012
Century Medical		29	%		29	%		7	%		33	%		—

As of June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended, no other customer accounted for equal to or greater than 10% of net revenue of account receivable balances. The Company does not believe that accounts receivable from Century Medical represent a significant credit risk based on past collection experiences and the general creditworthiness of that customer.

The Company depends upon a number of key suppliers, including single source suppliers, the loss of which would materially harm the Company’s business. Single source suppliers are relied upon for certain components and services used in manufacturing the Company’s products. The Company does not have long-term contracts with any of the suppliers; rather, purchase orders are submitted for each order. Because long-term contracts do not exist, none of the suppliers are required to provide the Company any guaranteed minimum quantities.

Inventories

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of all inventories, including materials, work-in-process and finished goods, to determine whether adjustments for impairment are required. Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Further reduced demand may result in the need for additional inventory write-downs in the near term. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of product sales and establish a lower cost basis for the inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which are generally three to five years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is assessed using discounted cash flows. Through June 30, 2013, there have been no indications of impairment; therefore, the Company has recorded no such losses.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) title has transferred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company uses contracts and customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement. The Company uses shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify that title has transferred. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based upon the terms of the agreement associated with the transaction. To determine whether collection is probable, the Company assesses a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If the Company determines that collection is not reasonably assured, then the recognition of revenue is deferred until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of payment.

The Company records product sales net of estimated product returns and discounts from the list prices for its products. The amounts of product returns and the discount amounts have not been material to date. The Company’s sales to distributors do not include price protection or product return rights, outside of standard warranties. The Company includes shipping and handling costs in cost of product sales.

Payments that are contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone are recognized in their entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved subject to satisfaction of all revenue recognition criteria at that time. Revenue generated from license fees and performing development services are recognized when they are earned and non-refundable upon receipt, over the period of performance, or upon incurrence of the related development expenses in accordance with contractual terms, based on the actual costs incurred to date plus overhead costs for certain project activities. Amounts paid but not yet earned on a project are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as performance is rendered or the related development expenses, plus overhead costs for certain project activities, are incurred.

When a sale combines multiple elements upon performance of multiple services, the Company allocates revenue for transactions that include multiple elements to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price, and recognizes revenue for each unit of accounting when the revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company follows the selling price hierarchy as outlined in the guidance Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. The guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if available and when VSOE is not available, and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company uses BESP to determine the standalone selling price for such deliverables. The Company has an established process for developing BESP, which incorporates, pricing practices, historical selling prices, the effect of market conditions as well as entity-specific factors. Estimated selling price is monitored and evaluated on a regular basis to ensure that changes in circumstances are accounted for in a timely manner. 

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for internally sponsored research and development, direct expenses, research-related overhead expenses, and costs incurred on development contracts. Research and development costs are charged to research and development expenses as incurred.

Clinical Trials

The Company accrues and expenses costs for clinical trial activities performed by third parties based upon estimates of the percentage of work completed over the life of the individual study in accordance with agreements established with contract research organizations and clinical trial sites. The Company determines the estimates through discussion with internal clinical personnel and outside service providers as to progress or stage of completion of trials or services and the agreed upon fee to be paid for such services. Costs of setting up clinical trial sites for participation in the trials are expensed immediately as research and development expenses. Clinical trial site costs related to patient enrollment are accrued as patients are entered into the trial.

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable term of the Company’s facility operating lease. The difference between the actual amounts paid and amounts recorded as rent expense is recorded to deferred rent. The current portion of deferred rent is recorded as other accrued liabilities, while the non-current portion is recorded in other non-current liabilities.

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, if applicable. There was no interest expense or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded through June 30, 2013.

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting purposes. All of the Company’s operations are in the United States and all of its long-lived assets are maintained in the United States.

Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period without consideration of potential common shares. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period less the dilutive potential common shares for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, options and warrants to purchase stock and unvested restricted stock awards are considered to be potential common shares and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share when their effect is dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,575	)	$	(3,517	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		40,842			30,547			25,620
Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share		40,842			30,547			25,620
Basic and diluted net loss per common share	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.14	)

The following table sets forth the outstanding securities not included in the diluted net loss per common share calculation for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, because their effect would be antidilutive (in thousands):

	As of June 30,
	2013		2012
Options to purchase common stock		3,936		3,854
Non-vested restricted stock units and awards		46		46
Warrants		3,991		3,991
		7,973		7,891

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to employee and director share-based compensation plans, including stock options and restricted stock units, is measured on the grant date, based on the fair value-based measurement of the award and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period which generally equals the vesting period of each grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the accelerated method.

The Company selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining the estimated fair value-based measurements of share-based awards. The use of the Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions including expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company used the following assumptions in its fair value-based measurements:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Risk-free interest rate	0.44% – 0.74%		0.58% – 0.83%		0.89% – 2.17%
Dividend yield		–		–		–
Weighted-average expected life (years)	3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6
Volatility	78% – 88%		86% – 93%		73% – 92%

The expected term of options granted is determined using the “simplified” method. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of each option is based on a risk-free zero-coupon spot interest rate at the time of grant. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock price. Prior to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, since the Company had limited historical data on volatility of its stock, the expected volatility was based on the volatility of similar entities (referred to as “guideline” companies). In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. The Company estimates forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expenses under ASC 718 of $0.9 million, or $0.02 per share, $0.7 million, or $0.02 per share, and $0.6 million, or $0.02 per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total compensation expense related to unvested awards not yet recognized is approximately $0.5 million at June 30, 2013, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.

Included in the statement of operations is the following non-cash stock-based compensation expense for the periods reported, including non-employee stock based compensation expense and the amortization of deferred compensation (in thousands):

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of product sales	$	88	$	82	$	56
Research and development		236		162		137
Selling, general and administrative		598		631		387
Total	$	922	$	875	$	580

XML

Note 5 - Commitments and Contingencies (Details) - Future Minimum Lease Payments for Operating Leases (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013
Future Minimum Lease Payments for Operating Leases [Abstract]
2014	$ 649
2015	690
2016	118
Total minimum lease payments	$ 1,457

XML

Note 9 - Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities [Table Text Block]

	June 30,
	2013			2012
Net operating loss carry-forwards	$	51,005		$	45,884
Research credits		2,868			2,236
Capitalized research and development expenses		—			27
Fixed asset depreciation		(71	)		110
Stock compensation		936			469
Deferred revenue		806			305
Other		617			303
Total deferred tax assets		56,161			49,334
Valuation allowance		(56,161	)		(49,334	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation [Table Text Block]

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate	$	(5,487	)	$	(4,648	)	$	(1,184	)
Loss for which no tax benefit is currently recognizable		5,341			4,502			1,088
Stock based compensation		128			131			96
Other, net		18			15			—
	$	—		$	—		$	—

Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits Roll Forward [Table Text Block]

	Amount
Balance at June 30, 2011	$	687
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		81
Reductions for tax positions of prior year		(12	)
Balance at June 30, 2012		756
Additions based on tax positions related to current year		183
Balance at June 30, 2013	$	939

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Concentration of Risk, by Risk Factor (Century Medical [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Sales Revenue, Goods, Net [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Century Medical	29.00%	29.00%	7.00%
Century Medical	29.00%	29.00%	7.00%
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Century Medical	33.00%	0.00%
Century Medical	33.00%	0.00%

XML

Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value		$ 13,478
Corporate Debt Securities [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	5,522	4,243
Corporate Debt Securities [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	5,522	4,243
Commercial Paper, Not Included with Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	500	999
Commercial Paper, Not Included with Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	500	999
Certificate Of Deposits [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value		931
Certificate Of Deposits [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value		931
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	5,462
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value		6,805
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1 [Member] | Money Market Funds [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	5,462	6,805
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	6,022
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value		6,673
Fair Value, Inputs, Level 2 [Member] | Commercial Paper [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value		500
Short-term Investments [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	11,484
Money Market Funds [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value	5,462	6,805
Commercial Paper [Member]
Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Details) - Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Fair Value		$ 500

XML

Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) [Line Items]
Valuation Allowance, Deferred Tax Asset, Change in Amount	$ 6,800,000	$ 5,600,000	$ 1,500,000
Deferred Tax Assets, Operating Loss Carryforwards	134,100,000
Deferred Tax Assets, Tax Credit Carryforwards, Research	1,400,000
Deferred Tax Assets, Operating Loss Carryforwards, State and Local	102,300,000
Deferred Tax Assets, Valuation Allowance	56,161,000	49,334,000
Deferred Tax Assets, Operating Loss Carryforwards, Domestic	4,900,000
Deferred Tax Assets, Tax Credit Carryforwards	1,500,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits	939,000	756,000	687,000
State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]
Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) [Line Items]
Deferred Tax Assets, Tax Credit Carryforwards, Research	3,300,000
Equity Option [Member]
Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) [Line Items]
Deferred Tax Assets, Valuation Allowance	300,000
California State [Member]
Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) [Line Items]
Deferred Tax Assets, Operating Loss Carryforwards, State and Local	19,500,000
Deferred Tax Assets, Tax Credit Carryforwards	$ 122,000

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance [Abstract]
Stock options and RSUs outstanding	3,981,895
Shares available for grant under stock option plan	1,475,191	865,433	837,304
Warrants for common stock	3,991,205
	9,448,291

XML

Balance Sheets (Parentheticals) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Allowance (in Dollars)	$ 33	$ 0
Preferred stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	75,000,000	75,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	51,068,614	36,511,388
Common stock, shares outstanding	51,068,614	36,511,388
Treasury stock, shares	66,227	66,227

XML

Note 6 - Distribution, License, Development and Commercialization Agreements

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Disclosure Text Block [Abstract]

Intangible Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 6. Distribution, License, Development and Commercialization Agreements 

Century

On September 2, 2011, the Company signed a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with Century Medical, Inc. (“Century”) with respect to distribution of the Company’s planned microcutter products in Japan. Under the terms of a secured note purchase agreement, Century agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $4.0 million, with principal due in September 30, 2016, under the agreement, subject to certain conditions. Under this facility, the Company received $2.0 million on September 30, 2011, and the remaining $2.0 million on December 27, 2011. The note bears 5% annual interest which is payable quarterly in arrears through September 30, 2016, the maturity date when the total $4.0 million of principal becomes due. In return for the loan commitment, the Company granted Century distribution rights to the Company’s planned microcutter product line in Japan, and a right of first negotiation for distribution rights in Japan to future products. Century will be responsible for securing regulatory approval from the Ministry of Health in Japan for the microcutter product line. After approval for marketing in Japan, the Company would sell microcutter units to Century, who would then sell the microcutter devices to their customers in Japan.

Proceeds from the note and granting the distribution rights were allocated to the note based on its aggregate fair value of $2.4 million at the dates of receipt. This fair value was determined by discounting cashflows using a discount rate of 18%, which the Company estimated a market rate of borrowing that could be obtained by companies with credit risk similar to the Company’s. The remainder of the proceeds of $1.6 million was recognized as debt issuance discount and was allocated to the value of the distribution rights granted to Century under the Distribution Agreement and is included in deferred revenue. The deferred revenue will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Distribution Agreement, beginning upon the first sale by Century of the microcutter products in Japan.

Cook Incorporated

In June 2007, the Company entered into, and in September 2007 and in June 2009 amended, a license, development and commercialization agreement with Cook, to develop and commercialize a specialized device, referred to as the PFO device, designed to close holes in the heart from genetic heart defects known as patent foramen ovales (“PFOs”). Under the agreement, Cook funded certain development activities and the Company and Cook jointly developed the device. The Company’s significant deliverables under the arrangement were the license rights and the associated development activities. These deliverables were determined to represent one unit of accounting as there was no standalone value to the license rights. If developed, Cook would receive an exclusive, worldwide, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant sublicenses, to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import the PFO device. Under this agreement, the Company received no payments in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011. Amounts paid but not yet earned on the project are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as the related development expenses for certain project activities are incurred. A total of $0.4 million under this agreement has been recorded as deferred development revenue on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2013. On January 6, 2010, the Company and Cook mutually agreed to suspend work on the PFO project and, accordingly, the Company does not anticipate receiving any additional payments or recording any additional revenue related to this agreement in the foreseeable future.

Intuitive Surgical

On August 16, 2010, the Company entered into a license agreement with Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc., or Intuitive Surgical, (the “License Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company granted to Intuitive Surgical a worldwide, sublicenseable, exclusive license to use the Company’s intellectual property in the robotics field in diagnostic or therapeutic medical procedures, but excluding vascular anastomosis applications, for an upfront license fee of $9.0 million. The Company is also eligible to receive a contingent payment related to achieving a certain sales volume. Each party has the right to terminate the License Agreement in the event of the other party’s uncured material breach or bankruptcy. Following any termination of the License Agreement, the licenses granted to Intuitive Surgical will continue, and except in the case of termination for the Company’s uncured material breach or insolvency, Intuitive Surgical’s payment obligations will continue as well. Under the License Agreement, Intuitive Surgical has rights to improvements in the Company’s technology and intellectual property over a specified period of time.

The Company determined that there were two substantive deliverables under the License Agreement representing separate units of accounting: license rights to technology that existed as of August 16, 2010, and license rights to technology that may be developed over the following three years. The $9.0 million upfront license payment and $1.0 million premium on the stock purchase by Intuitive Surgical (see Note 8) were aggregated and allocated to the two units of accounting based upon the relative estimated selling prices of the deliverables. The relative estimated selling prices of the deliverables were determined using a probability weighted expected return model with significant inputs relating to the nature of potential future outcomes and the probability of occurrence of future outcomes. Based upon the relative estimated selling prices of the deliverables, $9.0 million of the total consideration of $10.0 million was allocated to the license rights to technology that existed as of August 16, 2010, that has been recognized as revenue in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, and $1.0 million was allocated to technology that may be developed over the following three years that is being recognized as revenue ratably over that three year period. In total, the revenue recognized for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, related to this arrangement were $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and as of June 30, 2013, $41,000 of deferred revenue related to this arrangement.

XML

Statements of Comprehensive Loss (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Net loss	$ (16,137)	$ (13,575)	$ (3,517)
Other comprehensive loss:
Change in unrealized loss on investment		(4)	(1)
Comprehensive loss	$ (16,137)	$ (13,579)	$ (3,518)

XML

Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 6,373	$ 8,472
Short-term investments	6,022	6,173
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $33 and $0	391	299
Inventories	1,457	576
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	253	214
Total current assets	14,496	15,734
Property and equipment, net	3,161	2,304
Restricted cash	104	104
Total assets	17,761	18,142
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	764	862
Accrued compensation	600	410
Other accrued liabilities	420	408
Current portion of deferred revenue	444	738
Total current liabilities	2,228	2,418
Deferred revenue, net of current portion	1,610	1,652
Note payable	2,788	2,532
Other non-current liabilities	161	180
Total liabilities	6,787	6,782
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 2012	0	0
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 75,000,000 shares authorized; 51,068,614 and 36,511,388 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively	51	37
Additional paid-in capital	165,085	149,348
Treasury stock at cost (66,227 shares at June 30, 2013 and 2012)	(596)	(596)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(5)	(5)
Accumulated deficit	(153,561)	(137,424)
Total stockholders’ equity	10,974	11,360
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 17,761	$ 18,142

XML

Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) - Deferred Tax Assets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Deferred Tax Assets [Abstract]
Net operating loss carry-forwards	$ 51,005	$ 45,884
Research credits	2,868	2,236
Capitalized research and development expenses		27
Fixed asset depreciation	(71)	110
Stock compensation	936	469
Deferred revenue	806	305
Other	617	303
Total deferred tax assets	56,161	49,334
Valuation allowance	(56,161)	(49,334)
Net deferred tax assets	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			189 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) [Line Items]
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Parent (in Dollars)	$ (16,137,000)	$ (13,575,000)	$ (3,517,000)	$ (153,600,000)
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable (in Dollars)	33,000			33,000
Share-based Compensation (in Dollars)	900,000	700,000	600,000
Share-based Compensation, Effect on Earnings Per Share	$0.02	$0.02	$0.02
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Nonvested Awards, Compensation Cost Not yet Recognized (in Dollars)	500,000			500,000
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Nonvested Awards, Compensation Cost Not yet Recognized, Period for Recognition	2 years 219 days
Maximum [Member] | Accounts Receivable [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) [Line Items]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	10.00%
Maximum [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Estimated Useful Lives	five
Minimum [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Estimated Useful Lives	three
Certificates of Deposit [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) [Line Items]
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents (in Dollars)	100,000			100,000
Restricted Cash, Credit Card [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) [Line Items]
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents (in Dollars)	$ 4,000			$ 4,000

XML

Note 2 - Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value, Assets Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Table Text Block]

	As of June 30, 2013
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	5,462	$	—	$	—	$	5,462
Short-term investments:
Corporate debt securities		—		5,522		—		5,522
Commercial paper		—		500		—		500
Total assets at fair value	$	5,462	$	6,022	$	—	$	11,484

	As of June 30, 2012
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds	$	6,805	$	—	$	—	$	6,805
Commercial paper		—		500		—		500
Short-term investments:
Corporate debt securities		—		4,243		—		4,243
Commercial paper		—		999		—		999
Certificates of deposits		—		931		—		931
Total assets at fair value	$	6,805	$	6,673	$	—	$	13,478

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			26 Months Ended		1 Months Ended					12 Months Ended					23 Months Ended	0 Months Ended		0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	26 Months Ended
	Mar. 20, 2013	Aug. 31, 2010	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Feb. 10, 2013	Oct. 30, 2005	Aug. 31, 2010 Intuitive Surgical [Member]	Aug. 16, 2010 Intuitive Surgical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2010 When Stock Price is Above $1.00 Per Share [Member] Aspire Capital [Member]	Jun. 30, 2010 When Stock Price is Above $2.25 Per Share [Member] Aspire Capital [Member]	Jun. 30, 2010 When Stock Price is Above $3.50 Per Share [Member] Aspire Capital [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Employee Stock Option [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Restricted Stock [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Restricted Stock [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Restricted Stock [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 ATM [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 ATM [Member]	Feb. 10, 2013 Aspire Capital [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Aspire Capital [Member]	Feb. 10, 2013 Aspire Capital [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Aspire Capital [Member]	Feb. 10, 2013 Aspire Capital [Member]	Dec. 14, 2010 Aspire Capital [Member]
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) [Line Items]
Excess Stock, Shares Authorized (in Shares)			80,000,000
Common Stock, Shares Authorized (in Shares)			75,000,000	75,000,000						100,000	200,000	300,000												4,930,747
Preferred Stock, Shares Authorized (in Shares)			5,000,000	5,000,000
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, New Issues (in Shares)	14,251,368		700,000			1,350,000																	1,478,808
Sale of Stock, Price Per Share (in Dollars per share)	$ 1.05					$ 3.23
Proceeds from Issuance of Common Stock	$ 14,000,000		$ 14,741,000	$ 15,068,000	$ 5,083,000	$ 4,400,000		$ 2,000,000									$ 445,593	$ 800,000
Sale of Stock, Number of Shares Issued in Transaction (in Shares)			414,099
Common Stock, Value, Issued			51,000	37,000					3,000,000															966,000
Common Stock, Shares, Issued (in Shares)			51,068,614	36,511,388					1,249,541															295,567
Redemption Premium		1,000,000
Common Stock Shares Authorized Value																				10,000,000
Payments of Stock Issuance Costs																						134,000
Shares Returned to Company (in Shares)																			166,759
Share Price (in Dollars per share)																					$ 1.38		$ 1.38
Value of Shares Returned to Company																					230,000
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Issued for Services (in Shares)																							128,808
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized (in Shares)							5,400,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term			3 years 295 days										3 years 109 days
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Intrinsic Value			0	1,116,000										51,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested and Expected to Vest, Exercisable, Aggregate Intrinsic Value			0	1,093,000										46,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercisable, Intrinsic Value			0	769,000										66,000	80,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Grants in Period, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value (in Dollars per share)			$ 1.03	$ 1.45	$ 1.27									$ 1.43	$ 1.82
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercises in Period, Intrinsic Value			4,000	122,000	91,000
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested in Period, Fair Value			$ 746,000	$ 734,000	$ 706,000									$ 75,000	$ 73,000	$ 189,000

XML

Note 10 - Employee Benefit Plan (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Defined Contribution Plan, Employer Discretionary Contribution Amount	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment (Details) - Property and Equipment (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Jun. 30, 2013		Jun. 30, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and Equipment, Gross	$ 6,179		$ 3,882
Total	3,161		2,304
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(3,079)		(1,979)
Subtotal	3,100		1,903
Computer Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and Equipment, Gross	62		62
Office Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and Equipment, Gross	27		27
Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and Equipment, Gross	5,916		3,630
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and Equipment, Gross	174		163
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and Equipment, Gross	$ 61	[1]	$ 401	[1]

[1] Construction in process includes equipments paid based on installment plan, but not yet placed in service pending completion. The completion dates for these equipments range from three months to two years, and the future payments are immaterial.

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2013 Minimum [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Maximum [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions [Line Items]
Weighted-average expected life (years)	3 years 292 days	3 years 292 days	3 years 292 days

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Non-cash Stock-based Compensation (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Non-cash Stock-based Compensation [Line Items]
Non-cash Stock-based Compensation Expense	$ 922	$ 875	$ 580
Cost of Sales [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Non-cash Stock-based Compensation [Line Items]
Non-cash Stock-based Compensation Expense	88	82	56
Research and Development Expense [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Non-cash Stock-based Compensation [Line Items]
Non-cash Stock-based Compensation Expense	236	162	137
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Non-cash Stock-based Compensation [Line Items]
Non-cash Stock-based Compensation Expense	$ 598	$ 631	$ 387

XML

Note 5 - Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 5. Commitments and Contingencies

On November 11, 2010, the Company entered into an amendment to its facility lease (the “Lease Amendment”). Pursuant to the Lease Amendment, the term of the lease was extended by four years, through August 31, 2015, and the Company was granted an improvement allowance of $148,070 to be used in connection with the construction of alterations and refurbishment of improvements in the premises, which was used and reimbursed in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012. The leasehold improvement allowance will be recorded as a reduction of rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In addition, under the Lease Amendment, the Company was granted an option to further extend the lease for a period of two years beyond August 31, 2015 (the “Option Term”), with the annual rent payable by the Company during the Option Term to be equal to the annual rent for comparable buildings, as described in the Lease Amendment. Under the operating lease, the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit with a restricted cash balance at the Company’s bank. A certificate of deposit of $100,000 was recorded as restricted cash in the condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, related to the letter of credit.

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases having initial terms of a year or more as of June 30, 2013, including the Lease Amendment, are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal year ending June 30,	Operating Leases
2014		649
2015		690
2016		118
Total minimum lease payments	$	1,457

Rent expense for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Short-term Investments (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Short-term Investments [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Amortized Cost	$ 6,027	$ 6,178
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Losses	(5)	(5)
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value	6,022	6,173
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Short-term Investments [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Amortized Cost	5,527	4,246
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Losses	(5)	(3)
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value	5,522	4,243
Commercial Paper, Not Included with Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Short-term Investments [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Amortized Cost	500	1,000
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Losses	0	(1)
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value	500	999
Certificate Of Deposits [Member]
Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Short-term Investments [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Amortized Cost		932
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Gains		0
Available-for-sale Securities, Gross Unrealized Losses		(1)
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value		$ 931

XML

Note 6 - Distribution, License, Development and Commercialization Agreements (Details) (USD $)		1 Months Ended			3 Months Ended	61 Months Ended				1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Dec. 27, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Dec. 27, 2011 Century Medical [Member]	Sep. 30, 2016 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Century Medical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Cook Incorporated [Member]	Aug. 31, 2010 Intuitive Surgical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2013 Intuitive Surgical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2012 Intuitive Surgical [Member]	Jun. 30, 2011 Intuitive Surgical [Member]
Note 6 - Distribution, License, Development and Commercialization Agreements (Details) [Line Items]
Notes Payable							$ 4,000,000	$ 4,000,000
Proceeds from Secured Notes Payable		2,000,000	2,000,000	2,000,000	2,000,000
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate During Period						5.00%
Notes Payable, Fair Value Disclosure		2,400,000			2,400,000
Fair Value Inputs, Discount Rate						18.00%
Debt Instrument, Unamortized Discount	1,600,000						1,600,000
Deferred Revenue									400,000		41,000
Licenses Revenue										9,000,000	300,000	300,000
Common Stock Premium													$ 1,000,000

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity Note Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 8. Stockholders’ Equity

The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 80,000,000 shares, with 75,000,000 shares designated as common stock and 5,000,000 shares designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders of the Company. Subject to the preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared to date.

On March 20, 2013, the Company completed the sale of 14,251,368 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $1.05 per share. Net proceeds from the financing to the Company were $14.0 million.

On August 3, 2011, the Company entered into the At The Market Issuance Sales Agreement (the “ATM Agreement”) with McNicoll, Lewis & Vlak LLC (“MLV”), which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, the Company may issue and sell up to $10.0 million of the Company’s common stock through MLV as the Company’s sales agent over the term of the ATM Agreement. The ATM Agreement provides that the offering of shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the ATM Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (1) the sale of all common stock subject to the ATM Agreement, (2) August 2, 2014, and (3) termination of the ATM Agreement which may be effected by either MLV or the Company at any time upon 10 days’ notice to the other party. As of June 30, 2013, the Company received net proceeds of $0.8 million from the sale of an aggregate of 445,593 shares of common stock through MLV, of which net proceeds of $0.7 million and 414,099 shares of common stock were sold during fiscal year 2013.

On August 16, 2010, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Intuitive Surgical pursuant to which Intuitive Surgical paid $3.0 million to purchase from the Company an aggregate of 1,249,541 newly-issued shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Stock Issuance”). The net proceeds recorded to stockholders’ equity based upon the fair value of the common stock on August 16, 2010, were approximately $2.0 million after offering expenses. See Note 6, Distribution, License, Development and Commercialization Agreements, for a discussion of the accounting treatment of the premium paid of $1.0 million, which is the amount Intuitive Surgical paid above the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of the agreement. There were no underwriters or placement agents involved with the Stock Issuance, and no underwriting discounts or commissions or similar fees were payable in connection with the Stock Issuance. Under the associated Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Intuitive Surgical, the Company was required to meet certain obligations with respect to (1) filing a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to all common stock issued to Intuitive Surgical, and (2) using its reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective within a specified number of days after filing the registration statement. The Company filed a registration statement related to the stock issued to Intuitive Surgical, and it was declared effective within the timeframes specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. If such registration statement ceases for any reason to be effective for a specified number of days within a given period of time, the Company is required to pay to Intuitive Surgical (or the holder of the shares subject to the rights, if such rights have been transferred), as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount in cash equal to 1% of the aggregate purchase price paid pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement for the shares then held by Intuitive Surgical or holder, as applicable. Such amount must be paid within a specified period of time following the occurrence of an event triggering the requirement to make a payment and on each monthly anniversary thereafter until such event is cured. There is no specified maximum amount to be paid under these provisions. The Company has assessed the likelihood of making any such liquidated damages payments to Intuitive Surgical as remote and has not recorded any contingent liability related to these potential payments.

On December 14, 2010, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (“Aspire Capital”), which provided that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, Aspire Capital was committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Purchase Shares”) over the term of the Purchase Agreement at purchase prices determined in accordance with the Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, on any trading day on which the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock exceeded $1.00 per share, the Company had the right, in its sole discretion, to present Aspire Capital with a purchase notice, directing Aspire Capital to purchase up to (i) 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock per trading day if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock was above $1.00 per share, (ii) 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock per trading day if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock was above $2.25 per share and (iii) 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock per trading day if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock was above $3.50 per share. The purchase price per Purchase Share was to equal to the lesser of (i) the lowest sale price of the Company’s common stock on the purchase date or (ii) the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing sale prices for the Company’s common stock during the twelve consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately preceding the purchase date.

In consideration for entering into the Purchase Agreement, concurrently with the execution of the Purchase Agreement, the Company issued to Aspire Capital 295,567 shares of the Company’s common stock as a commitment fee (the “Commitment Shares”). The value of the Commitment Shares of $966,000 and other costs related to entering into the Purchase Agreement of $134,000 represented financing costs that were recorded to additional paid-in capital upon capital being raised under the Purchase Agreement. The Purchase Agreement provided that the Company may not issue and sell more than 4,930,747 shares of the Company’s common stock, including the Commitment Shares.

The Purchase Agreement terminated on February 10, 2013, and 166,759 shares of the Company’s common stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement were returned to the Company as the maximum numbers of shares available under the Purchase Agreement were not sold to Aspire. Based on the quoted price, the shares were valued at $1.38 per share, or $230,000. The Company is no longer entitled to sell any further shares of its common stock to Aspire Capital under the Purchase Agreement. Through the termination date, a total of 1,478,808 shares of common stock (including the 128,808 Commitment Shares) had been issued to Aspire Capital pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and $4.4 million of capital had been raised through the sale of 1,350,000 shares of common stock at an average price of $3.23 per share. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company did not issue any shares under the Purchase Agreement.

Preferred Stock

The Company has 5,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock issuable in one or more series. Upon issuance the Company can determine the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series and the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and sinking fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of the preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company or other corporate action. There was no preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013 or 2012.

Shares Reserved

Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance are as follows:

	June 30, 2013
Stock options and RSUs outstanding		3,981,895
Shares available for grant under stock option plan		1,475,191
Warrants for common stock		3,991,205
		9,448,291

Stock Options

In 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan (the “1997 Plan”). The 1997 Plan provides for the granting of options to purchase common stock and the issuance of shares of common stock, subject to Company repurchase rights, to directors, employees and consultants. Certain options are immediately exercisable, at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an unvested option are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase which lapses over periods specified by the board of directors, generally four years from the date of grant. In February 2006, the Company terminated all remaining unissued shares under the 1997 Plan. Although the 1997 Plan terminated, all outstanding options thereunder will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

In October 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and in December 2005 the stockholders approved, the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Plan”). A total of 5,400,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan.

Stock awards granted under the 2005 Plan may either be incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock bonuses or rights to acquire restricted stock. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of no less than the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors, and nonstatutory options may be granted to employees, directors or consultants at exercise prices of no less than the fair value. If, at the time the Company grants an option, the awardee directly or by attribution owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the option price shall be at least 110% of the fair value and shall not be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant. Options may be granted with vesting terms as determined by the Board of Directors. Options expire no more than 10 years after the date of grant, or earlier if employment is terminated.

Common stock options may include a provision whereby the holder, while an employee, director or consultant, may elect at any time to exercise the option as to any part or all of the shares subject to the option prior to the full vesting of the option. Any unvested shares so purchased are subject to repurchase by the Company at its option and at a price equal to the original purchase price of the stock. The Company does not consider the stock issued upon exercise of an unvested stock option substantively exercised, and the cash paid for the exercise price is considered a deposit or a prepayment of the exercise price that is recognized by the Company as a liability. As the underlying shares vest, the deposit liability is reclassified as equity. As of June 30, 2013 and 2012, no such shares are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase and excluded from stockholders’ equity.

Award activity under all Plans is as follows:

				Outstanding Options
	Shares Available for Grant			Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share
Balance at June 30, 2011		837,304			3,381,738		$	2.59
Shares reserved		750,000			—			—
Restricted stock awards granted		(86,000	)		—			—
Options granted		(899,400	)		899,400			2.13
Options exercised		—			(163,438	)		2.01
Options forfeited		263,529			(263,529	)		2.86
Balance at June 30, 2012		865,433			3,854,171		$	2.53
Shares reserved		750,000			—			—
Restricted stock awards granted		(48,000	)		—			—
Options granted		(671,150	)		671,150			1.53
Options exercised		—			(10,518	)		1.31
Options forfeited		578,908			(578,908	)		2.22
Balance at June 30, 2013		1,475,191			3,935,895		$	2.43

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding, vested and exercisable at June 30, 2013:

Options Outstanding							Options exercisable
Exercise Prices	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
$1.12 – $1.55		1,938,616		3.57		1.25		1,658,108		1.26
$1.56 – $2.85		1,468,991		4.72		2.18		810,196		2.34
$2.86 – $9.75		528,288		2.16		7.43		513,349		7.54
Total outstanding		3,935,895		3.81	$	2.43		2,981,533	$	2.63
Options vested and expected to vest		3,836,031		3.76	$	2.44

The weighted average remaining contractual life for all currently exercisable options as of June 30, 2013, was 3.3 years. The aggregate intrinsic value as of June 30, 2013, of all outstanding options was $0, options vested and expected to vest was $0 and options exercisable was $0, as a result of the fair market value at June 30, 2013 was below the grant price ranges. The aggregate intrinsic value as of June 30, 2012, of all outstanding options was $1,116,000, options vested and expected to vest was $1,093,000 and options exercisable was $769,000.

The weighted-average estimated grant date fair value of options granted to employees and directors during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.03, $1.45 and $1.27 per share, respectively. The intrinsic value of all options exercised during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $4,000, $122,000 and $91,000, respectively. The fair value of all stock options actually vesting in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $746,000, $734,000 and $706,000, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units and Awards

The following table summarizes information about restricted stock activity.

	Shares
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2011		20,500
Awarded		86,000
Vested		(60,500	)
Forfeited		—
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2012		46,000
Awarded		48,000
Vested		(48,000	)
Forfeited		—
Non-vested restricted stock at June 30, 2013		46,000

The aggregate intrinsic value as of June 30, 2013, of all non-vested restricted stock awards was $51,000, awards expected to vest was $46,000.

The estimated grant date fair value of awards granted during fiscal years 2013 and 2012, was $1.43 and $1.82 per share, respectively. No restricted stock awards were granted in fiscal year 2011. The intrinsic value of all awards granted during fiscal years 2013 and 2012 was $66,000 and $80,000, respectively. The fair value of all stock awards actually vesting in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $75,000, $73,000 and $189,000, respectively.

The fair value of each restricted stock award is estimated based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. Share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units and awards is recognized over the requisite service period as adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

Warrants

The Company has outstanding warrants to purchase common stock that are all exercisable at June 30, 2013, as follows:

Shares		Exercise Price Per Share		Expiration
	3,991,205		$1.45	September 2014

XML

Note 4 - Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 4. Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

	June 30,
	2013			2012
Computer hardware and software	$	62		$	62
Office furniture and equipment		27			27
Machinery and equipment		5,916			3,630
Leasehold improvements		174			163
		6,179			3,882
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(3,079	)		(1,979	)
Subtotal		3,100			1,903
Construction in process (1)		61			401
Total	$	3,161		$	2,304

(1) Construction in process includes equipments paid based on installment plan, but not yet placed in service pending completion. The completion dates for these equipments range from three months to two years, and the future payments are immaterial.

XML

Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Parentheticals) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2011
Common stock financing costs	$ 25,000	$ 215

XML

Note 9 - Income Taxes (Details) - Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation [Abstract]
Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate	$ (5,487)	$ (4,648)	$ (1,184)
Loss for which no tax benefit is currently recognizable	5,341	4,502	1,088
Stock based compensation	128	131	96
Other, net	18	15	0
	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Stock Options Outstanding, Vested and Exercisable (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Stock Options Outstanding, Vested and Exercisable [Line Items]
Outstanding Number of Shares	3,935,895	3,854,171	3,381,738
Remaining Contractual Life	3 years 295 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.43	$ 2.53	$ 2.59
Exercisable Number of Shares	2,981,533
Exercisable Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.63
Options vested and expected to vest	3,836,031
Options vested and expected to vest	3 years 277 days
Options vested and expected to vest (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.44
$1.12 - $1.55 [Member]
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Stock Options Outstanding, Vested and Exercisable [Line Items]
Outstanding Number of Shares	1,938,616
Remaining Contractual Life	3 years 208 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 1.25
Exercisable Number of Shares	1,658,108
Exercisable Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 1.26
$1.56 - $2.85 [Member]
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Stock Options Outstanding, Vested and Exercisable [Line Items]
Outstanding Number of Shares	1,468,991
Remaining Contractual Life	4 years 262 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.18
Exercisable Number of Shares	810,196
Exercisable Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 2.34
$2.86 - $9.75 [Member]
Note 8 - Stockholders' Equity (Details) - Stock Options Outstanding, Vested and Exercisable [Line Items]
Outstanding Number of Shares	528,288
Remaining Contractual Life	2 years 58 days
Weighted Average Exercise Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 7.43
Exercisable Number of Shares	513,349
Exercisable Price (in Dollars per share)	$ 7.54

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details) - Computation of Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			189 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2013
Numerator:
Net loss (in Dollars)	$ (16,137)	$ (13,575)	$ (3,517)	$ (153,600)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	40,842	30,547	25,620
Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share	40,842	30,547	25,620
Basic and diluted net loss per common share (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.40)	$ (0.44)	$ (0.14)

XML

Note 11 - Indemnification

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Loss Contingency [Abstract]

Product Liability Contingencies [Table Text Block]

Note 11. Indemnification

From time to time, the Company enters into contracts that require the Company, upon the occurrence of certain contingencies, to indemnify parties against third-party claims. These contingent obligations primarily relate to (i) claims against the Company’s customers for violation of third-party intellectual property rights caused by the Company’s products; (ii) claims resulting from personal injury or property damage resulting from the Company’s activities or products; (iii) claims by the Company’s office lessor arising out of the Company’s use of the premises; and (iv) agreements with the Company’s officers and directors under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their activities on behalf of the Company. Because the obligated amounts for these types of agreements usually are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum potential amount of these obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. No liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the Company’s balance sheets as of June 30, 2013 or 2012, as there are no amounts currently estimable and probable of payment.

XML

Note 7 - Notes Payable

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 7. Notes Payable 

In June 2003, the Company entered into, and in March 2007 amended, a distribution agreement with Century Medical, Inc. (“Century"). Also in June 2003, the Company issued a subordinated note to Century in the amount of $3.0 million due in June 2008 bearing 5% interest per annum. In March 2007, Century and the Company restructured the note payable such that the note was no longer subordinate, the Company paid $1.0 million in April 2007 and the remaining $2.0 million of the note payable was due in June 2010. On April 1, 2010, the Company entered into the Note Agreement Amendment, under which the Company made a principal payment of $0.6 million to Century in April 2010, with the remaining $1.4 million principal amount owed to Century becoming due on June 17, 2011, which was one year later than the maturity date prior to the Note Agreement Amendment. On August 17, 2010, the Company repaid the remaining $1.4 million principal balance and interest due to Century.

In connection with the Distribution Agreement with Century (see Note 6), the Company entered into a secured note purchase agreement and a related security agreement pursuant to which Century agreed to loan to the Company up to an aggregate of $4.0 million, which amount was received in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.  Under this facility, the Company received $2.0 million on September 30, 2011, and the remaining $2.0 million on December 27, 2011. This note bears 5% annual interest which is payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of March, June, September and December of each year through September 30, 2016, the maturity date when the total $4.0 million of principal becomes due. The debt issuance discount of approximately $1.6 million is reflected as a reduction in long-term debt and is being amortized as interest expense over the term of the note using the effective interest method. The note is secured by substantially all of the Company's assets, including the Company’s intellectual property related to the PAS-Port® Proximal Anastomosis System, but excluding all other intellectual property, until the note is repaid. There are no covenants associated with this debt.

The Company made interest payments of $200,000, $77,000 and $11,000 in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The interest payable at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, was $50,000 and $50,000, respectively, and included in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

XML

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables) [Line Items]

Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities Reconciliation [Table Text Block]

	As of June 30, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities:
Corporate debt securities	$	5,527	$	—	$	(5	)	$	5,522
Commercial paper		500		—		—			500
Total	$	6,027	$	—	$	(5	)	$	6,022

	As of June 30, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available-for-sale securities:
Corporate debt securities	$	4,246	$	—	$	(3	)	$	4,243
Commercial paper		1,000		—		(1	)		999
Certificates of deposits		932		—		(1	)		931
Total	$	6,178	$	—	$	(5	)	$	6,173

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers Attributed to Foreign Countries by Geographic Area [Table Text Block]

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
United States		53	%		59	%		89	%
Japan		29	%		29	%		7	%
Europe		17	%		12	%		4	%
Rest of world		1	%		—			—

Schedules of Concentration of Risk, by Risk Factor [Table Text Block]

	Percent of Total Net Revenue for Fiscal Year Ended June 30,									Percent of Total Accounts Receivable as of June 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2013			2012
Century Medical		29	%		29	%		7	%		33	%		—

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted [Table Text Block]

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(16,137	)	$	(13,575	)	$	(3,517	)
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		40,842			30,547			25,620
Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share		40,842			30,547			25,620
Basic and diluted net loss per common share	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.44	)	$	(0.14	)

Schedule of Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Table Text Block]

	As of June 30,
	2013		2012
Options to purchase common stock		3,936		3,854
Non-vested restricted stock units and awards		46		46
Warrants		3,991		3,991
		7,973		7,891

Schedule of Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions [Table Text Block]

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Risk-free interest rate	0.44% – 0.74%		0.58% – 0.83%		0.89% – 2.17%
Dividend yield		–		–		–
Weighted-average expected life (years)	3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6
Volatility	78% – 88%		86% – 93%		73% – 92%

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity [Table Text Block]

Options Outstanding							Options exercisable
Exercise Prices	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share		Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price per Share
$1.12 – $1.55		1,938,616		3.57		1.25		1,658,108		1.26
$1.56 – $2.85		1,468,991		4.72		2.18		810,196		2.34
$2.86 – $9.75		528,288		2.16		7.43		513,349		7.54
Total outstanding		3,935,895		3.81	$	2.43		2,981,533	$	2.63
Options vested and expected to vest		3,836,031		3.76	$	2.44

Non-cash Stock-based Compensation [Member]

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables) [Line Items]

Schedule of Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity [Table Text Block]

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Cost of product sales	$	88	$	82	$	56
Research and development		236		162		137
Selling, general and administrative		598		631		387
Total	$	922	$	875	$	580

XML

Note 12 - Subsequent Event

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events [Text Block]

Note 12. Subsequent Event

On August 16, 2013, the Company filed regulatory documents with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for marketing clearance of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, a cutting and stapling device designed to be used in multiple open and minimally invasive surgical procedures. The submission to the FDA includes the results of the Company's recently completed MicroCutter European Trial (MET1) and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. The Company anticipates the earliest of such clearance would be in the first half of calendar 2014.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2013	Sep. 20, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	CARDICA INC
Document Type	10-K
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--06-30
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		51,190,019
Entity Public Float			$ 32,593,794
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Central Index Key	0001178104
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Document Period End Date	Jun. 30, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY

XML

Accounting Policies, by Policy (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Business Description and Basis of Presentation [Text Block]

Cardica, Inc. ( the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on October 15, 1997, as Vascular Innovations, Inc. On November 26, 2001, the Company changed its name to Cardica, Inc. Historically, the Company’s business focused on the design, manufacture and marketing of proprietary automated anastomotic systems used by cardiac surgeons to perform coronary bypass surgery. The Company has expanded and re-focused its business by emphasizing the development of a laparoscopic microcutter product line intended for use by thoracic, bariatric, colorectal and general surgeons. The Company is developing a microcutter product line based on its proprietary “staple-on-a-strip” technology, which expands its commercial opportunity into additional surgical markets. The Company’s planned microcutter product line consists of the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 30, a cartridge based microcutter device with a 5 millimeter shaft diameter and a 30 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XCHANGE™ 45, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a 8 millimeter shaft and a 45 millimeter staple line, the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 30, a true multi-fire endolinear stapling device, the MicroCutter FLEXCHANGE™ 30, a planned cartridge based microcutter device with a flexible shaft to facilitate endoscopic procedures requiring cutting and stapling, and the MicroCutter XPRESS™ 45, a planned multi-fire endolinear microcutter device with a 45 millimeter staple line, a planned cutting and stapling device specifically designed for the bariatric and thoracic surgery markets.

The Company completed the design verification for and applied Conformité Européenne, or the CE Mark, to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 in March 2012. The Company initiated first-in-man use of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, and began enrollment in a clinical trial in July 2012. The Company completed enrollment of 160 patients in May 2013, with the 30 day follow up as outlined in the clinical trial protocol. The Company submitted a 510(k) with clinical data of the MicroCutter XCHNAGE 30 to the FDA on August 16, 2013, and received an acceptance review notification from the FDA on September 3, 2013, which indicated that the 510(k) submission contains all of the necessary elements and information needed to proceed with the substantive review. As part of the Company’s controlled commercial launch, on December 26, 2012, the Company made its first shipment to their distributor in Europe. The Company now has agreements with four distributors in Europe covering eight countries. The Company will continue to make enhancements and improvements to the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30 based on feedback from surgeons.

To date, the Company generated revenues almost exclusively from the sale of automated anastomotic systems, and have generated minimal revenues from the commercial sales of the MicroCutter XCHANGE 30, as it was only introduced to the European market in December 2012.

Liquidity Disclosure [Policy Text Block]

Liquidity

The Company has incurred cumulative net losses of $153.6 million through June 30, 2013, negative cash flows from operating activities and expects to incur losses for the next several years. Management plans to continue to finance the Company’s operations with equity or debt issuances or through collaboration arrangements. There is no guarantee that such funding will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all, or that such funding will be received in a timely manner, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, the Company may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of its development or commercialization programs. There is no guarantee that the Company will be able to reduce its expenditures without materially and adversely affecting the business. These conditions, among other factors, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty related to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Use of Estimates, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) generally requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained in checking, money market and mutual fund investment accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities remaining on the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Receivables, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables and other receivables. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value, which approximates fair value. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable on a case-by-case basis and makes adjustments to the bad debt reserve for expected losses. The Company considers factors such as ability to pay, bankruptcy, credit ratings, payment history and past-due status of the accounts. If circumstances related to customers change, estimates of recoverability would be further adjusted. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded $33,000 of bad debt reserve.

Marketable Securities, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Available-for-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities consist primarily of corporate debt securities, commercial papers, and certificates of deposits, and, by the Company's investment policy, restrict exposure to any single corporate issuer by imposing concentration limits. Although maturities may extend beyond one year, it is management's intent that these securities are available for use in current operations, and therefore, they are classified as short-term.

The Company held investments in marketable securities as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, with maturity dates of less than one year. The Company records its marketable securities at fair value and classifies them as available-for-sale. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Interest on securities classified as available-for-sale is included in interest income. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are classified as other comprehensive income or loss and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized.

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Restricted Cash

Under an operating lease for its facility in Redwood City, California, the Company is required to maintain a letter of credit with a restricted cash balance at the Company’s bank. A certificate of deposit of $100,000 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, has been recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets, related to the letter of credit (see Note 5).

A certificate of deposit of $4,000 at June 30, 2013 and 2012, has been recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets related to the deposit on the Company’s merchant credit card.

Concentration Risk, Credit Risk, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Certain Other Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments with high-credit quality financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the institutions holding the cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments securities to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet. The Company sells its products to hospitals in the U.S. and Europe and to distributors in Europe, Japan and Saudi Arabia that resell the products to hospitals. The Company does not require collateral to support credit sales. The Company has had insignificant credit losses to date.

Inventory, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Inventories

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of all inventories, including materials, work-in-process and finished goods, to determine whether adjustments for impairment are required. Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Further reduced demand may result in the need for additional inventory write-downs in the near term. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of product sales and establish a lower cost basis for the inventory.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which are generally three to five years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets. Upon sale or retirement of assets, the costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of operations.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is assessed using discounted cash flows. Through June 30, 2013, there have been no indications of impairment; therefore, the Company has recorded no such losses.

Revenue Recognition, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) title has transferred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. The Company uses contracts and customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement. The Company uses shipping documents and third-party proof of delivery to verify that title has transferred. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based upon the terms of the agreement associated with the transaction. To determine whether collection is probable, the Company assesses a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. If the Company determines that collection is not reasonably assured, then the recognition of revenue is deferred until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of payment.

The Company records product sales net of estimated product returns and discounts from the list prices for its products. The amounts of product returns and the discount amounts have not been material to date. The Company’s sales to distributors do not include price protection or product return rights, outside of standard warranties. The Company includes shipping and handling costs in cost of product sales.

Payments that are contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone are recognized in their entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved subject to satisfaction of all revenue recognition criteria at that time. Revenue generated from license fees and performing development services are recognized when they are earned and non-refundable upon receipt, over the period of performance, or upon incurrence of the related development expenses in accordance with contractual terms, based on the actual costs incurred to date plus overhead costs for certain project activities. Amounts paid but not yet earned on a project are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as performance is rendered or the related development expenses, plus overhead costs for certain project activities, are incurred.

When a sale combines multiple elements upon performance of multiple services, the Company allocates revenue for transactions that include multiple elements to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price, and recognizes revenue for each unit of accounting when the revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company follows the selling price hierarchy as outlined in the guidance Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605) – Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. The guidance provides a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence (“TPE”) if available and when VSOE is not available, and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“BESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company uses BESP to determine the standalone selling price for such deliverables. The Company has an established process for developing BESP, which incorporates, pricing practices, historical selling prices, the effect of market conditions as well as entity-specific factors. Estimated selling price is monitored and evaluated on a regular basis to ensure that changes in circumstances are accounted for in a timely manner.

Research and Development Expense, Policy [Policy Text Block]

and Development

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for internally sponsored research and development, direct expenses, research-related overhead expenses, and costs incurred on development contracts. Research and development costs are charged to research and development expenses as incurred.

Clinical Trials [Policy Text Block]

Clinical Trials

The Company accrues and expenses costs for clinical trial activities performed by third parties based upon estimates of the percentage of work completed over the life of the individual study in accordance with agreements established with contract research organizations and clinical trial sites. The Company determines the estimates through discussion with internal clinical personnel and outside service providers as to progress or stage of completion of trials or services and the agreed upon fee to be paid for such services. Costs of setting up clinical trial sites for participation in the trials are expensed immediately as research and development expenses. Clinical trial site costs related to patient enrollment are accrued as patients are entered into the trial.

Deferred Charges, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Deferred Rent

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable term of the Company’s facility operating lease. The difference between the actual amounts paid and amounts recorded as rent expense is recorded to deferred rent. The current portion of deferred rent is recorded as other accrued liabilities, while the non-current portion is recorded in other non-current liabilities.

Income Tax, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, if applicable. There was no interest expense or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recorded through June 30, 2013.

Segment Reporting, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting purposes. All of the Company’s operations are in the United States and all of its long-lived assets are maintained in the United States.

Earnings Per Share, Policy [Policy Text Block]

Net Loss per Share

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period without consideration of potential common shares. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period less the dilutive potential common shares for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, options and warrants to purchase stock and unvested restricted stock awards are considered to be potential common shares and are only included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share when their effect is dilutive.

Share-based Compensation, Option and Incentive Plans Policy [Policy Text Block]

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense related to employee and director share-based compensation plans, including stock options and restricted stock units, is measured on the grant date, based on the fair value-based measurement of the award and is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period which generally equals the vesting period of each grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense using the accelerated method.

The Company selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining the estimated fair value-based measurements of share-based awards. The use of the Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions including expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The Company used the following assumptions in its fair value-based measurements:

	Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2011
Risk-free interest rate	0.44% – 0.74%		0.58% – 0.83%		0.89% – 2.17%
Dividend yield		–		–		–
Weighted-average expected life (years)	3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6		3.8 – 4.6
Volatility	78% – 88%		86% – 93%		73% – 92%

The expected term of options granted is determined using the “simplified” method. Under this approach, the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of each option is based on a risk-free zero-coupon spot interest rate at the time of grant. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock price. Prior to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, since the Company had limited historical data on volatility of its stock, the expected volatility was based on the volatility of similar entities (referred to as “guideline” companies). In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. The Company estimates forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expenses under ASC 718 of $0.9 million, or $0.02 per share, $0.7 million, or $0.02 per share, and $0.6 million, or $0.02 per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total compensation expense related to unvested awards not yet recognized is approximately $0.5 million at June 30, 2013, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.6 years.